Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


Lebanon 

Valley 

College 


The  Bulletin 


Catalog 
1985  - 1986 

Volume  19,  Number  4 


The  Bulletin  is  published  quarterly.  USPS  Number  308-480. 

Second  Class  postage  paid  at  Annville,  PA  17003-0501. 

Office  of  Comnnunications,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  PA  17003-0501. 

Send  change  of  address  to  Office  of  Admissions,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 

Annville,  PA  17003-0501 

Volume  19,  Number  4  Fall  1985 


Lebanon 

Valley 

College 

Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 


Catalog 
1985-1986 


. 


4/1^^ 


j% 


-«-«•% 


'f^r^^0-  w^ 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Academic  Calendar 

1985-1986 4 

1986-1987 5 

1987-1988 6 

Introduction 7 

Statement  of  Purpose 8 

Accreditation 9 

Affiliation  and  Governance 9 

Admissions 9 

Continuing  Education 10 

Student  Finances 12 

Student  Services 12 

Academic  Regulations  and  Procedures 13 

Academic  Programs 26 

Course  Descriptions 30 

Directories 

Board  of  Trustees 104 

Administration 108 

Faculty 113 


Lebanon  Valley  College  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  color, 
national  and  ethnic  origin,  sex,  age,  religion  or  handicap. 


Academic  Calendar  1985-1986 


FIRST  SEMESTER 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


31 
31-2 

1 

2 

2 

28 

21 
28 

12 
21 
22 

2 

13 

14-16 
16-21 

21 


Saturday,  12:00  noon 
Saturday-Monday 

Sunday,  1  2:00  noon 
Monday,  8:30  a.m. 
Monday,  5:00  p.m. 
Saturday 

Monday,  4:30  p.m. 
Monday,  4:30  p.m. 

Tuesday,  8:30  a.m. 
Thursday,  4:30  p.m. 
Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 
Friday,  4:30  p.m. 
5:00  p.m. 
Saturday -Monday 
Monday -Saturday 
Saturday,  1:00  p.m. 


Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 
Orientation  for  new  students 

Residence  halls  open 
Registration 
Classes  begin 
Homecoming 

Mid-semester  grades  due 
Change  of  registration  deadline 
Last  day  to  make  up  1  grades 

Spring  registration  begins 
Registration  ends 
Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

Classes  resume 

Class  withdrawal  deadline 

Classes  end 

Reading  period 

Final  examinations 

Semester  ends 


SECOND  SEMESTER 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 
MARCH 

APRIL 
MAY 


13 
14 
15 

25 
28 

10 
17 

27 
31 

7 

15 
19 


2-4 

5-9 

9 

10 

11 

11 


Monday,  12:00  noon 
Tuesday,  8:30  a.m. 
Wednesday,  8:00  a.m. 

Tuesday 
Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 
Monday,  4:30  p.m. 

Thursday,  5:00  p.m. 
Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

Tuesday,  8:30  a.m. 
Tuesday.  4:30  p.m. 
Saturday 

Thursday,  4:30  p.m. 
9:30  p.m. 
Friday -Sunday 
Monday- Friday 
Friday,  1:00  p.m. 
Saturday 

Sunday,  9:00  a.m. 
Sunday,  1 1:00  a.m. 


Residence  halls  open 
Registration 
Classes  begin 

Founders'  Day 
Spring  vacation  begins 

Classes  Resume 
Change  of  registration  deadline 
Last  day  to  make  up  1  grades 
Easter  vacation  begins 
Classes  resume 

Registration  for  fall  begins 

Registration  ends 

New  student  orientation 

Class  withdrawal  deadline 

Classes  end 

Reading  period 

Final  examinations 

Semester  ends 

New  student  orientation 

Baccalaureate  Service 

1 17th  Annual  Commencement 


SUMMER  SCHEDULE  1986 

Mini  Term  May  1  2-23,  Monday-Friday 

Summer  Session  1  |une9-|ulyll 

Summer  Session  11  |uly  14-August  1  5 

Evening  Session  I  May  28-|uly  10 

Evening  Session  11  |uly  14-August  26 

Weekend  College  May  17-August  23,  alternating  weekends 


Academic  Calendar  1986-87 


FIRST  SEMESTER 


AUGUST 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 
NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 


30- 


30 


31 


2 

20 

11-20 
21 

1 

13-15 

15-20 

20 


Saturday 
Saturday 
Sunday  1 

Monday, 
Monday, 
Tuesday, 

Monday, 

Tuesday - 
Friday,  5: 

Monday, 
Saturday 
Monday- 
Saturday 


,  12;00  noon 
-Monday 
2:00  noon 

8:30  a.m. 
7:00  p.m. 
1  1:00  a.m. 

5:00  p.m. 

-Thursday 
00  p.m. 

8:00  a.m. 
-Monday 
-Saturday 
,  1:00  p.m. 


Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 

Orientation 

Residence  halls  open 

Registration 
Classes  begin 
Opening  Convocation 

Change  of  registration  deadline 

Registration  for  second  semester 
Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

Classes  resume 
Reading  period 
Final  examinations 
Semester  ends 


SECOND  SEMESTER 

lANUARY  12  Monday,  12:00  noon 

13  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 

14  Wednesday,  8:00  a.m. 

FEBRUARY  27  Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

MARCH  9  Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

APRIL  7-14  Tuesday -Tuesday 

16  Thursday,  5:00  p.m. 

20  Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

30  Thursday,  9:00  p.m. 

MAY  1-3  Friday-Sunday 

4-8  Monday-Friday 

8  Friday,  1:00  p.m. 

10  Sunday,  9:00  a.m. 

10  Sunday,  1  1:00  a.m. 


Residence  halls  open 
Registration 
Classes  begin 

Spring  vacation  begins 

Classes  resume 

Registration  for  Fall  and  Summer 

Easter  vacation  begins 

Classes  resume 

Classes  end  (Friday  day  classes  meetl 

Reading  period 

Final  examinations 

Second  semester  ends 

Baccalaureate  Service 

1  18th  Annual  Commencement 


SUMMER  SCHEDULE  1987 

Mini  Term  May  1 1  -22 

Summer  Session  1  lune  8-]uly  10 

Summer  Session  II  July  13- August  14 

Evening  Session  1  May27-Iuly9 

Evening  Session  II  luly  13-August  25 

Weekend  College  May  16-August  22,  alternating  weekends 


Academic  Calendar  1987-88  (tentative) 


FIRST  SEMESTER 


AUGUST 

29-30 

Saturday/Sunday 

New  student  orientation 

30 

Sunday 

Residence  halls  open 

31 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Registration 

5:00  p.m. 

Classes  begin 

OCTOBER 

19 

Monday,  4:30  p.m. 

Mid-semester  grades  due 

26 

Monday,  4:30  p.m. 

Change  of  registration  deadline 

NOVEMBER 

10-19 

Tuesday-Thursday 

Registration  for  second  semester 

20 

Friday  5:00  p.m. 

Thanksgiving  vacation 

30 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Classes  resume 

DECEMBER 

11 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Classes  end 

12-13 

Saturday -Sunday 

Reading  period 

14-19 

Monday -Saturday 

Final  examinations 

19 

Saturday,  4:00  p.m. 

Semester  ends 

SECOND  SEMESTER 

JANUARY 

11 

Monday,  12:00 

Residence  halls  open 

12 

Tuesday,  8:30  a.m. 

Registration 

13 

Wednesday,  8:00  a.m. 

Classes  begin 

FEBRUARY 

26 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Spring  vacation 

MARCH 

7 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Classes  resume 

31 

Thursday,  5:00  p.m. 

Easter  vacation 

APRIL 

4 

Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

Classes  resume 

5-12 

Tuesday -Tuesday 

Fall  registration 

28 

Thursday,  5:00  p.m. 

Classes  end 

29-1 

Friday-Sunday 

Reading  period 

MAY 

2-7 

Monday- Saturday 

Final  examinations 

8 

Sunday,  9:00  a.m. 

Baccalaureate  Service 

8 

Sunday,  1 1:00  a.m. 

1 1 9th  Annual  Commencement 

To  Our  Students 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  you  a  broad-based  education  that  assures 
the  flexibility  and  sensitivity  required  for  a  nneaningful  life  and  successful 
leadership  in  the  Twenty-first  Century  —  an  era  that  many  people  have 
thought  about  only  in  terms  of  science  fiction. 

Because  today  you  may  expect  to  spend  part  of  your  life  in  a  profession  or 
career  not  yet  created,  the  College  regularly  reviews  traditional  programs 
and  develops  new  ones  required  to  equip  you  for  leadership  in  any  level  of 
society.  LVC  currently  offers  more  than  40  majors  and  1 5  pre-professional 
programs  of  study. 

You  will  discover  that  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  gaining  recognition  as  one 
of  America's  leadership  colleges,  and  has  enhanced  its  academic  and 
co-curricular  programs  to  provide  opportunities  for  leadership  development 
and  sensitivity  training  that  will  prepare  you  to  take  your  place  as  a  profes- 
sional and  community  leader. 

Welcome  to  Lebanon  Valley  College. 


STATEMENT  OF  PURPOSE 


Lebanon  Valley  College  affirms  its  Christian  origins  by  maintaining  affiliation 
with  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  by  recognizing  the  Christian  faith  as 
the  perspective  for  its  policies.  Both  the  Christian  spirit,  which  encourages 
the  unhampered  search  for  truth,  and  the  academic  program,  which  gives 
form  to  the  search  for  truth,  combine  to  generate  free  and  responsible 
inquiry  by  students  and  faculty. 

In  accordance  with  the  purposes  of  its  founders,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
seeks  to  provide  an  atmosphere  in  which  the  student  can  respond  creatively 
to  the  contemporary  world.  Each  person  is  encouraged  (1)  to  develop  a 
genuine  concern  for  cooperative  living  and  community  service;  (2)  to  attain  a 
heightened  sense  of  moral  and  spiritual  values  through  a  deepened  aware- 
ness of  how  people  have  thought  of  themselves  in  relation  to  nature,  to 
society,  and  to  God;  (3)  to  appreciate  the  close  and  unmistakable  relationship 
among  rational  thought,  creative  imagination,  and  moral  commitm.ent;  and 
(4)  to  deal  candidly  and  intelligently  with  the  past,  the  present,  and  the 
future  and  their  interrelationship. 

The  programs  of  the  College  are  designed  to  provide  a  demanding  as  well  as 
a  rewarding  encounter  with  the  means  necessary  to  achieve  the  discovery  of 
self  and  society;  consideration  of  humanity's  most  significant  ideas  and 
accomplishments;  development  of  logical  thought  and  clear  communication; 
and  practice  in  precise  analysis  and  effective  performance.  The  academic, 
social,  religious,  and  aesthetic  experiences  blend  to  create  the  atmosphere 
of  the  College  in  a  way  that  fosters  enlivened  curiosity,  discipline  of  self,  and 
excitement  about  ideas  that  are  the  hallmark  of  the  educated  individual. 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  with  approximately  one  thousand  students  and  a 
low  student-faculty  ratio,  in  giving  life  to  the  concept  of  liberal  arts  as 
expressed  in  the  preceding  paragraphs  has  chosen  to  maintain  an  educa- 
tional institution  which  is  academically  strong,  guided  by  the  Christian  faith, 
and  small  enough  to  give  personal  attention  to  all  students. 

Adopted  February  1,  1975 

Lebanon  Valley  College  Board  of  Trustees 


i 


Accreditation 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Higher  Educa- 
tion of  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  also  accredited  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department 
of  Education,  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music  and  the  American 
Chemical  Society. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved  list  of  the  Regents  of  the  State 
University  of  New  York  and  of  the  American  Association  of  University  Women. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the  following:  National  Association 
of  Independent  Colleges  and  Universities;  Pennsylvania  Foundation  for 
Independent  Colleges;  College  Entrance  Examination  Board;  College  Schol- 
arship Service;  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association;  Middle  Atlantic 
States  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference;  Penn-Mar  Athletic  Conference;  Central 
Pennsylvania  Field  Hockey  Association;  Eastern  College  Athletic  Conference. 


Affiliation  and  Governance 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  affiliated  with  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
Control  of  the  College  is  vested  in  a  Board  of  Trustees  composed  of  49 
elected  members;  of  the  49  members,  24  represent  church  conferences,  5 
represent  the  alumni,  5  represent  the  faculty,  and  1  5  (including  3  students) 
are  elected  at  large. 


Admissions 

High  School  Preparation 

All  admission  candidates  should  have  completed  16  credit  units  and  gradu- 
ated from  an  accredited  secondary  school,  or  present  an  equivalency  certifi- 
cate (G.E.D.).  Of  the  16  units,  4  should  be  in  English,  2  in  foreign  language,  2 
in  mathematics,  1  in  science  and  1  in  social  studies. 

Application  Procedure 

A  candidate  for  admission  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  must  submit  a  com- 
pleted application  form  with  the  required  application  fee.  Scholastic  Aptitude 


or  American  College  Test  results  and  an  official  transcript  of  high  school 
grades.  Students  planning  to  transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  must  submit  official 
transcripts  of  completed  college  or  university  work.  Lebanon  Valley  College 
does  not  require  the  College  Board  Achievement  Tests.  However,  Achieve- 
ment Tests  in  foreign  language  are  recommended  for  students  seeking 
advanced  placement. 

All  candidates  are  required  to  visit  campus  for  a  personal  interview.  Appli- 
cants for  admission  into  music,  sacred  music  or  music  education  programs 
are  required  to  audition  on  campus;  audition  applications  are  available  from 
the  Admissions  Office. 

Early  Decision  Admissions  Policy 

An  Early  Decision  applicant  will  be  expected  to  complete  an  application 
stating  his/her  intention  to  seek  consideration  as  an  Early  Decision  candi- 
date. The  application  must  be  accompanied  by  the  required  non-refundable 
application  fee  no  later  than  November  15.  An  Early  Decision  applicant  will 
be  notified  of  the  admissions  committee  decision  by  December  1 .  A  student 
accepted  as  an  Early  Decision  candidate  must  confirm  his/her  acceptance  by 
submitting  a  non-refundable  deposit  no  later  than  lanuary  1 .  An  applicant 
not  accepted  under  the  Early  Decision  program  will  be  considered  for 
admission  under  the  regular  admission  program. 

For  further  information  contact: 
Admissions  Office 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  PA  17003-0501 
(717)867-6180 


Continuing  Education 

Weekend  College,  Evening  School,  Summer  Sessions,  Special  Programs, 
College  Study  in  Lebanon  and  Extension  classes  in  the  University  Center  at 
Harrisburg  enable  teachers,  state  employees,  and  others  in  active  employ- 
ment to  take  college  courses  and  secure  academic  degrees.  By  careful 
selection  of  courses  made  in  consultation  with  appropriate  advisors,  students 
can  meet  many  of  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree. 
Catalogs  are  published  for  Weekend  College  and  Evening  School  and  for 

10 


Summer  School.  For  information  write  to  the  Dean  of  Continuing  Education, 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 

Weekend  College  and  Evening  School 

Baccalaureate  degree  programs  are  offered  in  accounting,  administration  for 
health  care  professionals,  allied  health  sciences,  computer  information 
systems,  general  studies,  management,  psychology,  sociology  and  social 
service.  Certificate  programs,  each  consisting  of  30  credit  hours,  are  offered 
in  accounting,  banking,  business  computing,  human  resources,  management, 
marketing  and  public  relations.  Weekend  College  classes  meet  on  Friday 
nights  or  Saturdays  in  both  the  academic  semesters  and  the  summer. 
Evening  School  classes  meet  one  or  two  nights  per  week,  Monday  through 
Thursday,  each  week  during  the  academic  semesters  and  twice  weekly  during 
the  two  summer  sessions.  All  classes  carry  residence  credit. 

Summer  Session 

Students  enrolled  full  time,  by  taking  summer  session  courses,  may  meet  the 
requirements  for  the  bachelor's  degree  in  three  years. 

College  Study  in  Lebanon 

Certificate  programs  in  accounting  and  management  consist  of  a  29-semes- 
ter-hour  sequence  developed  to  introduce  adults  to  basic  knowledge  and 
skills  in  accounting  or  management,  while  also  providing  some  study  in  the 
liberal  arts  curriculum.  The  programs  are  offered  in  conjunction  with  Eliza- 
bethtown  College,  and  classes  are  held  in  Lebanon,  Pennsylvania. 

University  Center  at  Harrisburg 

Extension  classes  are  offered  at  the  Center's  campus,  2986  North  Front 
Street,  Harrisburg,  171 10,  on  Monday  through  Thursday  evenings  during  the 
regular  academic  semesters.  Classes  meet  during  the  summer  sessions  on 
various  evenings.  Lebanon  Valley  College's  extension  program  in  Harrisburg 
is  carried  on  in  conjunction  with  Elizabethtown  College,  Temple  University, 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University  and  The  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
Courses  offered  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  carry  residence  credit. 

All  students  admitted  and  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  the  College  are  required 
to  secure  the  permission  of  their  advisors  and  the  Registrar  prior  to  enrolling 
for  any  course  at  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg. 


11 


For  details  pertaining  to  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg  write  to  the 
Director  at  1986  North  Front  Street,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania  171 10,  or  call 
717-238-9694  during  the  day  or  717-238-9696  during  the  evening. 


Student  Finances 

Payment  for  tuition,  room,  board,  and  other  charges  is  due  by  a  published 
deadline  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  Students  failing  to  meet 
this  deadline  will  be  required  to  make  special  arrangements  with  the  Business 
Office  before  their  course  registrations  will  be  processed.  Questions  about 
student  finances  should  be  addressed  to  the  Business  Office. 

Refund  Policy 

Students  withdrawing  from  a  course,  or  the  school,  will  receive  a  refund 
prorated  according  to  the  following  schedule. 

Time  Period  Refund 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  80% 

During  the  third  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  third  week  of  classes  0% 

Summer  School 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  second  week  of  classes  0% 

Students  with  questions  about  financial  aid  should  contact  the  Financial  Aid 
Office,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsylvania,  or  call  (7 1 7)  867-6207. 


Student  Services 

The  College  provides  a  variety  of  services  to  students  including:  academic, 
financial,  career,  religious  and  personal  counseling;  health  care;  and  athletic, 
recreational  and  extra-curricular  activities.  Further  information  about  student 
services  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Student 
Affairs. 


ACADEMIC  REGULATIONS  AND 
PROCEDURES 


The  rules  of  the  College  are  designed  to  provide  for  proper  regulation  of  the 
acadennic  community.  The  rules  and  regulations  as  stated  in  this  bulletin  are 
announcements  and  in  no  way  serve  as  a  contract  between  the  student  and 
the  College.  Attendance  at  the  College  is  a  privilege  and  not  a  right.  The 
student  by  his  act  of  registration  concedes  to  the  College  the  right  to  require 
his  withdrawal  any  time  deemed  necessary  to  safeguard  the  ideals  of  schol- 
arship and  character,  and  to  secure  compliance  with  regulations.  It  is  ex- 
pected that  the  conduct  of  all  campus  citizens  will  conform  to  accepted 
standards.  All  students  are  required  to  respond  to  communications  sent  by 
any  duly  constituted  authority  of  the  College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate  Degrees 

Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  six  baccalaureate  degrees.  Candidates  for 
graduation  must  be  recommended  by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  Board 
of  Trustees. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  is  conferred  upon  students  who  have  completed  the 
requirements  in  the  following  major  programs:  English,  foreign  language, 
French,  general  studies,  German,  history,  music,  philosophy,  political  science, 
psychology,  religion,  sacred  music,  sociology,  Spanish  and  certain  individu- 
alized majors. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  upon  students  who  have  completed  the 
requirements  in  the  following  major  programs:  accounting,  actuarial  science, 
biochemistry,  biology,  management,  chemistry,  computer  information 
systems,  computer  science,  cooperative  engineering,  cooperative  forestry, 
economics,  elementary  education,  general  studies,  international  business, 
mathematics,  music  education,  physics,  psychobiology,  social  service  and 
certain  individualized  major  programs. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical 
Technology,  the  Bachelor  of  Music,  the  Bachelor  of  Music  in  Sacred  Music, 
and  the  Bachelor  of  Music  in  Sound  Recording  Technology  are  conferred 
upon  students  who  have  completed  the  requirements  for  the  appropriate 
major  programs. 


3 


Associate  Degrees 

The  College  confers  three  associate  degrees.  Candidates  for  graduation  must 
be  recommended  by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

The  Associate  of  Arts  and  the  Associate  of  Science  degrees  are  conferred 
upon  students  who  have  completed  the  requirements  in  the  general  studies 
program. 

The  Associate  of  Applied  Science  degree  is  conferred  upon  students  who 
have  completed  the  requirements  in  the  food  service,  hotel  and  travel 
administration  majors. 

Privacy  of  Student  Records 

in  accordance  with  the  Family  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974  the  College 
releases  no  student  education  records  without  written  consent  and  request 
of  the  student,  or  as  prescribed  by  law. 

A  student  has  the  right  to  inspect  his  or  her  educational  records  maintained 
by  the  College.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  contact  the  appropriate 
office  of  the  College  to  make  the  necessary  arrangements. 

The  College  makes  public  such  directory  information  as  name,  address, 
telephone,  date  of  birth,  major  field  of  study,  degrees  and  awards  received, 
previous  schools  attended,  participation  in  activities,  and  athletic  information. 

Credit  Hours 

A  credit  hour  is  the  unit  used  to  measure  academic  progress.  Each  course 
has  a  credit  designation  approximately  equal  to  the  number  of  hours  to  be 
spent  in  class  each  week.  A  course  requiring  three  hours  of  class  attendance 
each  week  will  carry  three  credit  hours.  Credit  for  laboratories  is  generally 
awarded  at  one-half  the  regular  rate. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Candidates  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  must  obtain  122  credit  hours.  Credit 
hours  are  accumulated  in  three  separate  categories:  general  education 
requirements,  major  requirements,  and  electives. 

Candidates  for  an  associate  degree  must  accumulate  at  least  60  credit  hours, 
including  the  coursework  appropriate  to  their  major  program.  Fifteen  of  the 
last  eighteen  credit  hours  toward  the  degree  must  be  in  residence. 


The  general  education  program  is  that  part  of  the  curriculum  that  is  shared 
by  all  students  in  all  majors.  The  eight  areas  of  required  courses  reflect 
44-47  credit  hours. 

There  are  43  major  programs  available  at  the  college.  Each  of  these  majors 
requires  at  least  24  credit  hours  of  coursework.  The  specific  requirements  of 
each  major  program  are  listed  later  in  the  catalog.  All  students  must  declare 
their  majors  before  registering  for  the  junior  year. 

Electives  are  those  courses  selected  by  the  student  that  reflect  neither  major 
nor  general  education  requirements. 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  also  take  in  residence  30  credit  hours  of  the  36 
taken  immediately  prior  to  graduation.  Coursework  taken  in  all  of  the 
College's  programs,  plus  those  at  University  Center  at  Harrisburg,  qualify  as 
work  done  in  residence. 

Advising  Program 

Each  student  has  a  faculty  advisor  whose  role  is  to  counsel  about  registration 
procedures,  course  selections,  academic  requirements,  and  regulations.  The 
student  is  required  to  obtain  the  advisor's  counsel  and  approval  before 
registration,  withdrawal,  election  of  pass/fail  option,  and/or  change  in 
credit/audit  status. 

Academic  Procedures 

Arrangement  of  Schedules 

Each  student  arranges  a  semester  program  of  courses  in  consultation  with, 
and  by  approval  of,  his  faculty  advisor.  Students  already  in  attendance  do 
this  during  registration  periods.  New  students  accomplish  this  on  orientation 
days. 

Limit  of  Hours 

To  be  classified  as  full  time,  a  student  must  take  at  least  twelve  credit  hours 
of  work  in  a  semester.  Seventeen  credit  hours  of  academic  work  is  the 
maximum  permitted  without  approval  of  the  advisor  and  permission  of  the 
Registrar.  Audited  courses  are  counted  in  determining  the  course  load,  but 
physical  education,  music  organizations,  and  RS  1 10  (Reading  and  Study 
Skills)  are  not.  To  be  permitted  to  take  more  than  1 7  credits  the  student 
should  have  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0  or  higher,  or  be  enrolled 
in  the  honors  program,  or  be  a  last  semester  senior.  A  fee  will  be  charged  for 
each  additional  credit  over  17. 


15 


Class  Standing 

Students  are  classified  academically  at  the  beginning  of  each  year.  Member- 
ship in  the  sophomore,  junior  or  senior  classes  is  granted  to  students  who 
have  earned  a  minimum  of  28,  56,  or  84  credit  hours  respectively. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing  after  having  attended  another 
accredited  institution  shall  send  an  official  transcript  to  the  Dean  of  Admis- 
sions. If  requested,  the  student  must  provide  copies  of  the  appropriate 
catalogs  for  the  years  of  attendance  at  the  other  institution  or  institutions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided  the  grades  are  C—  (1 .7)  or  better 
and  the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work  offered  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Grades  thus  transferred  count  for  credit  hours  only,  not  for  quality 
points. 

A  candidate  for  admission  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally 
accredited  college  can  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  coursework  at 
the  previously  attended  institution.  Coursework  in  the  major  field,  however, 
for  which  the  applicant  has  received  a  D  will  not  be  counted  toward  fulfilling 
the  major  requirement. 

Because  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution,  consideration  of 
full  acceptance  of  the  associate  degree  will  be  granted  with  the  understand- 
ing that  the  candidate  has  followed  a  basic  course  of  study  compatible  with 
the  curriculum  and  academic  programs  of  the  College  and  has  been  enrolled 
in  a  transfer  program. 

In  most  instances  the  applicant  may  be  expected  to  complete  the  baccalau- 
reate degree  within  two  years.  However,  when  the  requirements  of  a  particu- 
lar major  field  or  the  nature  of  the  previous  study  demand  additional  work 
beyond  two  years,  the  applicant  will  normally  be  notified  at  the  time  of 
admission. 

Discontinuance  of  Courses 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course. 

Registration  and  Preregistration 

Students  are  required  to  register  for  courses  on  designated  days  of  each 
semester;  these  dates  are  listed  in  the  official  college  calendar.  Students  who 
register  later  than  the  designated  times  will  be  charged  a  fee.  Students 
desiring  to  register  later  than  one  week  after  the  opening  of  the  semester 
will  be  admitted  only  by  special  permission  of  the  Registrar. 

16 


Change  of  Registration 

Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail  elections,  changes  of  course  hours 
credit,  changes  fronn  credit  to  audit  and  vice  versa,  must  be  approved  by 
signature  of  the  advisor.  In  most  instances  registration  for  a  course  will  not 
be  permitted  after  the  course  has  been  in  session  for  one  full  week.  With  the 
permission  of  the  advisor,  a  student  may  withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time 
through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes  (see  grading  policy).  A  fee  is 
charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at  the  student's  request  after 
registration. 

Auditing  Courses 

Students  may  register  to  audit  courses  with  approval  of  the  academic 
advisor.  Audited  courses  are  counted  in  considering  the  course  load  relative 
to  limit  of  hours  (overload).  The  regular  tuition  fee  is  charged  to  part-time 
students.  Neither  grade  nor  credit  is  given  either  at  the  time  the  course  is 
audited  or  thereafter.  A  grade  of  AU  (audit)  will  not  be  entered  on  the 
student's  permanent  record  card  if  the  student  seldom  attended  classes.  A 
change  of  registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  from  audit  to  credit  must  be 
accomplished  by  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes. 

Pass/Fail 

After  attaining  sophomore  standing  (28  credit  hours)  a  student  may  elect  to 
take  up  to  two  courses  per  semester  and  one  per  summer  session  on  a 
pass/fail  basis;  however,  only  six  such  courses  can  be  counted  toward  grad- 
uation requirements.  No  courses  taken  pass/fail  may  be  used  to  meet  either 
general  education,  major  course  area  requirements,  or  pre-  or  co-requisites 
for  classes.  A  student  may  select  or  cancel  a  pass/fail  registration  any  time 
during  the  first  eight  weeks  of  a  semester. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

A  student  may  repeat  as  often  as  desired,  for  a  higher  grade,  a  previously 
taken  course,  subject  to  the  following  provisions:  the  course  must  have  been 
taken  in  all  registrations  on  campus  and/or  in  courses  staffed  by  the  College 
at  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg.  Semester  hours  credit  are  given  only 
once.  The  grade  received  each  time  taken  is  computed  in  the  semester 
grade  point  average.  The  higher  or  highest  grade  is  used  to  compute  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average.  Each  semester  grade  report  will  show  hours 
credit  each  time  passed,  but  the  total  hours  toward  degree  will  be  equal  only 
to  the  semester  hours  credit  for  the  course.  For  a  course  previously  passed 
P/F,  the  grade  received  in  the  subsequent  registration  for  regular  grade  is 
the  "higher  grade."  Each  grade  received  remains  on  the  permanent  record 
card  and  a  notation  is  made  thereon  that  the  course  has  been  repeated. 


17 


Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  carry 
courses  concurrently  at  any  other  institution  or  in  Weekend  College  or  the 
University  Center  at  Harrisburg  without  prior  consent  of  his  advisor  and  the 
Registrar. 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  obtain  credit  for 
courses  taken  during  the  summer  in  another  college,  including  the  University 
Center  at  Harrisburg,  unless  such  courses  have  prior  approval  of  his  advisor 
and  the  Registrar. 

Attendance  Policy 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  requirements  for 
each  course,  including  regular  class  attendance.  At  the  opening  of  each 
course  the  instructor  shall  clearly  inform  the  students  of  class  attendance 
regulations.  Violations  of  those  regulations  will  make  the  student  liable  to 
being  dropped  from  the  course.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  instructor 
and  the  approval  of  the  Registrar  a  grade  of  W  will  be  assigned  during  the 
first  eight  weeks  of  the  semester,  and  an  F  will  be  assigned  after  that  date. 

In  case  of  short  absences  from  class  the  student  shall  speak  directly  with  the 
instructor.  The  student  shall  inform  the  Registrar  only  if  the  absence  could 
not  be  anticipated  and  extends  for  more  than  a  week.  The  Registrar  informs 
the  faculty  of  students  who  will  be  absent  due  to  an  official  function  of  the 
College. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  students  from  the  necessity  of  fulfilling  all 
course  requirements. 

Credit  by  Examination  and  Life  Experience 

Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  the  ability  of  superior  students  to  master 
specific  areas  of  study  on  their  own  initiative  and  provides  programs  to  allow 
these  students  the  opportunity  to  gain  credit.  Any  regularly  matriculated 
student,  in  an  approved  degree  program,  may  earn  a  maximum  of  30  credits 
toward  a  bachelor's  degree  or  a  maximum  of  1  5  credits  toward  an  asso- 
ciate's degree  through  non-traditional  means  (experiential  credit,  advanced 
placement,  CLEP,  challenge  examinations). 

Academic  Policy  on  Challenge  Exams 

Only  the  courses  formally  listed  in  the  College  curriculum  may  be  challenged 
for  credit.  Full-time  students  should  request  challenge  examinations  through 
their  academic  advisors.  Part-time  students  and  those  students  enrolled 
through  the  continuing  education  program  should  make  application  for  chal- 

18 


lenge  exams  through  the  Continuing  Education  Office.  All  requests  must  be 
approved  by  the  Registrar  and  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which 
the  course  is  listed. 

Challenge  exams  are  considered  to  be  comprehensive  examinations  in  the 
subject  area  and  are  graded  Pass/Fail.  The  grading  criteria  for  passing  a 
challenge  exam  will  be  determined  by  each  department.  A  "pass"  indicates 
that  the  credit  is  to  be  awarded.  A  failing  grade  on  a  challenge  exam  will  not 
be  recorded  on  the  permanent  record.  The  exact  nature  of  the  examination 
will  be  determined  by  the  faculty  member  and  chairperson  of  the  depart- 
ment involved  and  may  include  any  means  of  evaluation  normally  employed 
by  the  department.  There  is  a  fee  for  each  challenge  examination.  This  fee  is 
for  preparation  and  grading  of  the  examination  and  is  charged  without 
regard  to  the  test  results. 

Challenge  exams  may  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have  received  any 
grade  in  a  course  equivalent  to  or  more  advanced  than  the  courses  for  which 
the  student  is  requesting  credit  by  examination.  Challenge  exams  may  not 
be  used  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  credit  for  a  course  previously  failed. 
Practicums,  internships,  seminars,  research  courses,  independent  study,  and 
courses  with  required  laboratory  components  are  not  subject  to  credit  by 
examination. 

Advanced  Placement 

Advanced  Placement  with  credit  in  appropriate  courses  will  be  granted  to 
entering  students  who  make  scores  of  4  or  5  on  College  Board  Advanced 
Placement  examinations.  For  scores  of  3,  final  determination  is  made  by  the 
appropriate  department. 

Advanced  Placement  without  credit  may  be  granted  on  the  basis  of  the 
Achievement  Tests  of  the  College  Board  examinations  or  such  other  profi- 
ciency tests  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Registrar  and  by  the  chairman  of 
the  department. 

CLEP  (College  Level  Examination  Program) 

Credit  will  be  granted  to  those  students  who  score  well  on  CLEP  examina- 
tions that  are  approved  by  the  College.  To  receive  credit,  a  student  must 
score  above  the  50th  percentile  on  the  objective  section  and  above  a  C,  as 
determined  by  the  appropriate  academic  department,  on  the  essay  section. 

A  maximum  of  6  credits  will  be  awarded  for  each  examination;  of  these 
credits,  only  3  may  be  applied  to  the  general  education  requirements,  in  the 


appropriate  area.  Credit  is  only  granted  to  students  who  have  matriculated 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Requests  for  CLEP  credit  must  be  approved  by 
the  Registrar  before  the  student  has  completed  30  credits  in  residence. 

Credit  for  Life  Experience 

Lebanon  Valley  College  provides  for  the  av^/arding  of  undergraduate  aca- 
demic credit  for  knowledge  acquired  through  non-academic  experience  in 
areas  where  the  College  offers  instruction.  The  experience  should  bear  a 
direct  relation  to  the  material  taught  in  a  course  in  the  College  curriculum 
and  should  extend  over  a  sufficient  period  to  provide  substantive  knowledge 
in  the  relevant  area.  Regularly  matriculated  students  who,  in  approved 
degree  programs,  believe  they  qualify  for  such  credit  may  petition  the  appro- 
priate department  through  their  academic  advisors.  Students  enrolled 
through  the  continuing  education  program  must  petition  through  the  Con- 
tinuing Education  Office.  This  petition  must  (1)  detail  the  experience  in 
question,  (2)  provide  appropriate  supporting  evidence,  (3)  note  the  equiva- 
lent College  course  by  department  and  number,  and  (4)  state  the  number  of 
credit  hours  sought.  The  appropriate  department  will  consult  with  the 
academic  advisor  or  the  Continuing  Education  Office  to  determine  the  best 
means  (interview,  examination,  portfolio,  etc.)  for  evaluating  the  experience. 

Approval  of  experiential  credit  for  full-time  students  must  be  made  in  writing 
over  the  signatures  of  the  academic  advisor,  the  appropriate  department 
chairperson,  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  Approval  of  experiential  credit  for 
students  enrolled  through  the  continuing  education  program  must  be  made 
in  writing  over  the  signatures  of  the  Dean  of  Continuing  Education,  the 
appropriate  department  chairperson,  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  The  credit 
will  be  recorded  upon  completion  of  the  most  recent  semester  in  which  the 
student  was  enrolled  for  credit  courses  taken  in  residence. 

Experiential  credit  cannot  exceed  six  credit  hours  in  one  academic  year  and 
cannot  exceed  a  maximum  of  twelve  credit  hours  in  the  degree  program.  A 
maximum  of  30  credit  hours  toward  a  Bachelor's  degree  or  a  maximum  of  1 5 
credit  hours  toward  an  Associate's  degree  may  be  earned  through  non-tradi- 
tional means  (challenge  exams,  CLEP,  advanced  placement,  experiential 
credit).  Grades  will  not  be  assigned  to  experiential  credit. 

Grading  Systems  and  Grade  Point  Averages 

Student  work  is  graded  A  (distinguished  performance),  B  (superior  work),  C 
(satisfactory  achievement),  D  (requirements  and  standards  met  at  a  minimum 

20 


level),  F  (course  requirements  not  met).  For  each  credit  hour  in  a  course  in 
which  a  student  is  graded  A,  he  receives  4.0  quality  points;  A—,  3.7;  B+,  3.3; 
B,  3.0;  B— ,  2.7;  and  so  on.  F  carries  no  credit  or  quality  points.  The  cumula- 
tive grade  point  average  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  quality  points  by  the 
credit  hours  completed. 

Candidates  for  a  degree  must  obtain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of 
1 .75,  and  a  major  grade  point  average  of  2.0.  Only  grades  in  courses  staffed 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College  at  the  University  Center,  or  in  work  taken 
through  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program,  the  Germantown 
Metropolitan  Semester  and  the  LVC-Washington  Semester  programs  are  to 
be  used  to  determine  the  grade  point  averages. 

A  student  may  not  take  a  course  that  has  a  prerequisite  course  he  has  failed. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades  the  symbols  I,  W,  WP,  and  WF  are  used.  I 
indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  (certain  required  work  postponed  by 
the  student  for  substantial  reason  with  the  prior  consent  of  the  instructor), 
but  otherwise  satisfactory.  This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first 
eight  weeks  of  the  next  semester,  or  the  I  will  be  changed  to  an  F.  Appeals 
for  an  extension  of  time  must  be  presented  to  the  Registrar  by  the  first  week 
of  the  next  semester.  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  through  the 
eighth  week  of  semester  classes.  In  case  of  withdrawal  from  a  course  thereaf- 
ter through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes,  the  symbol  WP  is  used  if  the 
work  has  been  satisfactory,  and  WF  if  unsatisfactory.  The  grade  of  WF  is 
calculated  as  an  F  in  the  grade  point  averages.  For  physical  education  a  grade 
of  either  S  (satisfactory)  or  U  (unsatisfactory)  is  recorded. 

Once  a  grade  has  been  recorded  it  may  not  be  changed  without  the  approval 
of  the  instructor  and  the  Registrar.  Students  who  feel  the  grade  may  be 
inaccurate  should  contact  the  instructor  at  once,  but  in  no  case  later  than 
the  end  of  the  semester  following  the  course  in  question. 


Academic  and  Graduation  Honors 

The  Dean's  List 

Students  achieving  a  3.40  grade  point  average  while  carrying  at  least  1  2 
credit  hours  will  be  named  to  the  Dean's  List  at  the  end  of  each  semester. 

Graduation  Honors 

After  completing  a  minimum  of  60  credit  hours  of  in-residence  work  a 
student  may  qualify  for  graduation  honors.  The  honors  to  be  conferred  are 
Summa  Cum  Laude  for  grade  point  averages  of  3.75-4.0,  Magna  Cum  Laude 


21 


for  grade  point  averages  of  3.60-3.74,  and  Cum  Laude  for  grade  point 
averages  of  3.40-3.59. 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 

Students  graduating  with  grade  point  averages  of  3.50  are  eligible  for 
induction  into  Phi  Alpha  Epsilon. 


Academic  Dishonesty 

Instances  of  open  and  conclusive  academic  dishonesty  are  dealt  with  in 
accordance  with  the  following  regulations:  for  the  first  offense  the  faculty 
member  shall  have  the  authority  to  fail  the  student  in  the  course;  for  the 
second  offense  the  student  shall  be  failed  in  the  course  and  additional 
action  taken,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from  college,  if  deemed  war- 
ranted by  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty;  for  the  third  offense,  if  the  second  act  of 
dishonesty  did  not  warrant  expulsion  in  the  opinion  of  the  Dean  of  the 
Faculty,  the  student  shall  be  failed  in  the  course  and  expelled  from  the  College. 


Probation 

A  student  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation,  suspended  or  dismissed  if 
his  academic  standing  fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade  point  average  shown  in 
the  following  table: 


Suspension  or 

Probation 

Dismissal 

1st  semester 

1.25 

2nd  semester 

1.50 

1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester 

1.65 

4th  semester 

1.75 

1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester 

1.75 

6th  semester 

1.75 

1.65  cumulative 

7th  semester 

1.75 

in  all  courses 

8th  semester 

1.75 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is  notified  of  such  status  by  the 
Dean  of  the  Faculty  and  informed  of  the  College  regulations  governing 
probationers.  Students  on  probation  are  expected  to  regulate  their  work  and 
their  time  in  a  most  determined  effort  to  bring  their  performances  up  to  the 
required  standard. 

22 


A  student  on  probation  who  desires  to  begin  a  new  activity  or  continue  in 
an  activity  already  begun,  shall  subnnit  an  appeal  to  the  Vice  President  for 
Student  Affairs.  After  consultation  with  the  student's  nnajor  advisor  and 
parents,  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  will  render  a  binding  decision. 


Suspension 

A  student  who  obviously  fails  to  achieve  at  a  level  connmensurate  with  his 
measured  ability  may  be  suspended  for  at  least  one  semester.  This  suspen- 
sion may  occur  without  any  prior  probationary  period.  A  student  suspended 
for  academic  reasons  is  not  eligible  for  reinstatement  for  one  semester. 

A  student  seeking  reinstatement  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  must  apply  in 
writing  to  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

A  student  twice  suspended  for  academic  reasons  shall  be  considered  for 
readmission,  upon  application,  only  if  the  following  conditions  are  fulfilled: 
(a)  firm  evidence  of  renewed  interest  and  motivation;  (b)  completion  of  a 
significant  amount  of  appropriate  academic  work  at  an  accredited  institution 
subsequent  to  his  second  suspension;  (c)  recommendation  of  the  appropri- 
ate academic  department  for  readmission  on  a  probationary  status.  The 
student  must  achieve  at  a  level  that  assures  successful  completion  of  this 
program  or  be  subject  to  dismissal. 

Dismissal 

A  student  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  is  not  eligible  for  readmission. 

Withdrawal  from  College  and  Readmission 

Official  withdrawal  from  the  College  is  accomplished  only  by  the  completion 
of  withdrawal  forms  obtained  from  the  Registrar.  This  is  the  sole  responsibil- 
ity of  the  student.  Application  for  readmission  should  be  in  writing  and  sent 
to  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 


Transcripts 

Each  student,  former  student,  or  graduate  is  entitled  to  one  transcript  of  his 
college  record  without  charge.  For  each  subsequent  copy  requested,  a  fee  is 
charged. 


23 


Veterans'  Services 

Veterans  who  are  eligible  to  receive  educational  benefits  must  report  their 
enrollment  to  the  Registrar  after  they  register  for  each  semester  or  summer 
session.  The  Registrar  will  then  submit  certification  to  the  Veterans  Adminis- 
tration. 

Veterans  who  are  attending  Lebanon  Valley  College  for  the  first  time  must 
complete  the  appropriate  forms  in  the  Registrar's  Office  before  certification 
will  be  sent  to  the  Veterans  Administration. 

Veterans  with  questions  about  the  College  or  their  status  with  the  College 
should  contact  the  Registrar. 


Serviceman's  Opportunity  Colleges 

Lebanon  Valley  College  has  been  designated  as  an  institutional  member  of 
Serviceman's  Opportunity  Colleges  (SOC),  a  group  of  over  400  colleges 
providing  postsecondary  education  to  members  throughout  the  world.  As  an 
SOC  member,  Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  the  unique  nature  of  the 
military  lifestyle  and  has  committed  itself  to  easing  the  transfer  of  relevant 
course  credits,  providing  flexible  residency  requirements,  and  crediting 
learning  from  appropriate  military  training  and  experiences. 


Teacher  Certification  for  Non-Matriculated 
Students 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  teacher  certification  to  a  variety  of  special 
students.  Students  with  degrees  from  other  colleges,  or  teachers  seeking 
certification  in  other  fields,  or  Lebanon  Valley  College  alumni  seeking 
certification  for  the  first  time  may  receive  certification.  All  students  must 
present  official  transcripts  of  college  work,  or  their  previous  teacher  certifica- 
tion to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  The  Education  Department,  the  Registrar 
and  the  appropriate  academic  department  will  evaluate  the  record  and 
recommend  the  appropriate  course  of  action.  A  fee  will  be  charged  for  this 
service. 

24 


Off-Campus  Programs 

The  College  offers  several  off-campus  experiences  for  which  students  may 
register  and  receive  credit. 

Gertnantown  Metropolitan  Semester 

This  is  a  one-semester  program  of  a  pre-professional  internship  and  academic 
seminars  relating  to  the  city.  The  program  is  sponsored  through  the  Metro- 
politan Collegiate  Center  of  Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
Internships  are  available  in  a  diverse  range  of  social  service,  mental  health, 
law,  research  and  other  agencies,  information  is  available  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  Sociology. 

Study  Abroad 

Students  have  opportunity  for  study  abroad  through  the  College's  member- 
ship in  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program,  which  consists  of  a 
network  of  more  than  1  50  colleges  and  universities  in  24  countries.  Details 
are  available  from  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  The  College  also  assists  students 
in  locating  and  gaining  admission  to  other  foreign  study  programs;  however, 
participation  in  programs  other  than  the  International  Student  Exchange 
Program  may  affect  the  level  of  financial  aid  provided.  In  all  cases,  the 
proposed  course  of  study  must  be  approved  by  the  appropriate  department 
chairman  and  the  Registrar. 

Washington  Semester  Program 

luniors  and  seniors  in  any  major  field  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  grade  point 
average,  and  have  had  basic  courses  in  American  national  government  and 
are  properly  recommended  are  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program.  We 
offer  this  program  in  cooperation  with  The  American  University  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C.  Information  is  available  from  the  chairman  of  the  Department  of 
History  and  Political  Science. 


25 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 


General  Education  Program  and  Requirements 

The  College  expresses  its  commitment  to  the  liberal  arts  most  directly  by 
supporting  a  wide  selection  of  courses  in  a  variety  of  academic  areas.  The 
general  education  program  enables  each  student  to  encounter  the  content 
and  methods  of  those  areas.  The  program's  chief  goals  are  thus  to  provide 
the  essential  foundation  for  the  growth  of  knowledge  and  for  making  the 
connections  between  experience  and  learning. 

All  degree  students  must  complete  the  program  outlined  below.  No  course 
taken  pass/fail  or  required  for  the  first  major  may  be  used  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  general  education  program.  Mathematics  and  computer 
science  majors  are  exempt  from  the  requirements  of  Area  2. 

Area  1.  Communication.  6  credit  hours.  To  develop  effective  speaking  and 
writing  skills.  Two  sequential  courses  in  English  composition.  En  111,  112;  or 
HC  201. 

Area  2.  Mathematics  and  Computers.     3-6  credit  hours.  To  understand 
mathematics  as  a  way  of  thinking  and  as  a  tool  for  problem  solving.  One 
integrated  mathematics/computer  course  (MA  1 00)  or  one  mathematics 
course  and  one  computer  course.  Eligible  courses  are  CS  147  or  170  plus 
one  from  MA  1 1 1,  150,  160,  161,  170.  MA  100  fulfills  entire  requirement. 

Area  3.  Foreign  Language.     6  credit  hours.  To  gain  perspective  on  the  role 
of  language  in  human  affairs.  Two  sequential  courses  in  a  foreign  language 
(or  exemption  by  examination).  All  foreign  language  courses  numbered 
1 0 1 , 1 02  and  20 1 ,202  are  eligible. 

Area  4.  Historical  and  Cultural  Contexts.     9  credit  hours.  To  establish  the 
background  and  explore  the  nature  of  human  society.  One  history  course 
(GE  120),  one  general  course  in  culture  (GE  140)  and  one  course  introducing 
a  single  social  science.  Eligible  courses  are  EC  100,  FL  250,  GEO  1 12,  PS 
110,  PSY  100,  SO  110,  SO  120,  or  HCC  202. 

Area  5.  Science  and  Technology.     7-8  credit  hours.  To  discover  scientific 
principles  and  discuss  related  moral  and  ethical  questions.  Two  laboratory 
courses  in  biology,  chemistry,  physics  or  psychology  (the  two  courses  need 
not  be  in  the  same  science).  Eligible  courses  are  BI  101,  102,  111,  11 2,  CH 
100,  111,  112,  113,  114,  PHY  100,  103,  104,  111,  112,  or  PSY  120. 

26 


Area  6.  Aesthetic  Experience.     6  credit  hours.  To  learn  to  appreciate 
works  of  art  and  gain  insight  into  the  creative  process.  One  interdisciplinary 
course  (GE  160)  and  one  course  in  art,  music  or  literature.  Eligible  courses 
are  AR  110,  201,  203,  EN  200,  227,  228,  FR  311,  312,  GER  311,  312,  MU  100, 
341,  342,  SP  311,  312  or  HC  204. 

Area  7.  Values,  Persons  and  World  Views.     6  credit  hours.  To  explore  the 
relationship  between  world  views  and  value  systems.  Two  courses  in  religion 
or  philosophy  (the  two  courses  need  not  be  in  the  same  discipline).  PH  110, 
220,  230,  240,  RE  1  10,  111,  112,  120,  140,  222  or  HC  203. 
Area  8.  Physical  Activity.     2  credit  hours.  To  develop  an  interest  in 
physical  activity  as  a  part  of  total  fitness.  Two  courses  in  physical  education 
involving  conditioning  or  life-long  sports.  Any  physical  education  course  is 
eligible. 

General  Education  Courses 

These  three  interdisciplinary  courses  are  required  of  all  students  by  the 
general  education  program  of  the  College. 

GE  120.  The  Western  Experience:  Our  Cultural  Heritage.     A  study  of 
how  life  in  the  late  Twentieth  Century  has  been  influenced  by  historical 
developments  in  Europe  and  America,  including  the  growth  of  science,  the 
rise  of  national  states,  social  classes  and  values,  and  changing  views  of  the 
world.  3  credits. 

GE  140.  Human  Culture  and  Behavior.     Culture  as  a  context  of  human 
behavior.  The  nature  and  definition  of  culture.  The  biological  and  social 
sources  of  culture.  Culture,  language,  and  personality.  The  impact  of  culture 
on  social  life  and  on  the  individual;  examples  from  Western  and  non-West- 
ern sources.  3  credits. 

GE  160.  The  Aesthetic  Experience.     The  artist's  achievement.  Interrela- 
tionships among  the  arts.  The  creative  process.  Questions  of  form  versus 
content.  Art  as  the  product  of  a  specific  socio-historical  context.  3  credits. 


Honors  Program 

The  honors  program  is  designed  for  superior  students  who  are  keenly 
motivated  to  expand  their  intellectual  horizons,  develop  their  originality  and 
curiosity,  and  challenge  their  intellectual  abilities. 


27 


The  program  seeks  to  sharpen  critical  and  analytical  thinking,  develop  verbal 
and  writtten  expression,  encourage  intellectual  independence,  and  foster 
sensitive  and  informed  investigation  of  human  values. 

To  achieve  these  goals,  the  program  offers  a  demanding,  stimulating  and 
integrated  alternative  to  the  general  requirements  of  the  College. 

Entering  students  and  first  semester  freshmen  are  selected  on  the  basis  of 
interviews  and  scholastic  records. 

Requirements:  Students  graduate  with  college  honors  after  they  have 
completed  the  honors  program  with  a  3.0  grade  point  average  or  better 
overall  and  in  the  honors  courses. 


Honors  Courses 

201.  Honors  Communication.  Writing  and  speaking  clear,  grammatical  and 
articulate  English.  Listening  and  reading  well.  Searching  information  sources 
and  applying  those  sources  ethically.  Analyzing  and  drawing  conclusions.  3 

credits. 

202.  The  Individual  and  Society.     An  investigation  into  the  structures  of 
society,  their  origins,  and  their  impact  upon  human  values.  Emphasis  on  the 
interaction  of  the  individual  and  the  socio-cultural  environment.  Evaluation 
of  the  approaches  of  the  various  social  sciences.  6  credits. 

203.  Human  Existence  and  Transcendence.     A  close  examination  of 
questions  and  issues  pertaining  to  human  existence  and  the  ways  in  which 
mankind  has  attempted,  religiously  and  philosophically,  to  rise  above  the 
conditions  of  human  existence.  This  course  seeks  to  describe  and  examine 
the  commonalities  and  differences  between  religion  and  philosophy  as  each 
discipline  addresses  itself  to  existence  and  transcendence.  6  credits. 

204.  Human  Creativity.     A  study  of  the  major  forms  of  literature,  music, 
and  plastic  art,  designed  to  acquaint  students  with  functions,  values,  and 
aesthetic  and  cultural  contexts  of  art,  as  well  as  to  enhance  their  responses 
to  art  works.  6  credits. 

Honors  Seminars 

Two  honors  seminars  are  included  in  the  honors  curriculum.  These  seminars 
are  intensive  studies  of  topics  chosen  by  junior  and  senior  honors  students 
and  may  be  interdisciplinary  subjects  taught  by  a  team  of  professors  from 
two  or  more  academic  departments.  3  credits  per  semester. 

28 


Honors  Independent  Study 

An  independent  study  project,  the  capstone  of  the  honors  program,  provides 
the  opportunity  to  carry  out  an  extensive  academic  study  of  the  student's 
ovi^n  design.  The  project,  overseen  by  a  faculty  member,  must  be  approved 
by  the  honors  director.  When  acceptable  to  an  academic  department,  such 
independent  study  may  serve  as  the  basis  for  departmental  honors.  Upon 
completion,  the  project  will  be  presented  publicly.  3  credits. 

Graduation  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  honors  program  and  major  requirements,  honors  students 
take:  two  one-semester  courses  in  science  (eligible  courses  are  BI  111-112, 
CH  1  11,  112,  1  15  with  labs  1  13,  1  14,  PSY  120,  PHY  103,  104,  111,  1  12),  A 
foreign  language  on  the  intermediate  level  or  above  (eligible  courses  are  any 
language  20 1  -  202,  311  or  3 1  5),  a  one-semester  integrated  course  in  mathe- 
matics and  computer  science  (MA  1 00),  and  two  courses  in  physical  education. 

Departmental  Honors 

All  major  programs  provide  the  opportunity  for  departmental  honors  work 
during  the  junior  and  senior  years.  For  specific  information,  interested 
students  should  contact  the  appropriate  department  chairman.  Generally, 
departmental  honors  consists  of  a  reading  and/or  research  project  producing 
a  thesis  or  essay.  This  project  is  undertaken  on  a  subject  of  the  student's 
own  choosing  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor.  Opportunity  also 
exists  to  do  creative  work.  A  maximum  of  9  hours  credit  may  be  earned  in 
departmental  honors. 


29 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 


Art 


The  Art  Department,  although  not  offering  a  major,  provides  the  opportunit 
for  creative  expression  and  a  richer  understanding  of  man's  accomplish- 
ments in  the  visual  arts. 


Courses  in  Art 

1 10.  Introduction  to  Art.     An  exploration  of  meaning  in  the  visual  arts.  Thi 
subject  is  approached  through  discussions  of  perception,  the  aesthetic 
experience,  and  form/content  analyses  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architec- 
ture. 3  credits. 

140.  Drawing,  Painting  and  Printmaking.     An  introduction  to  the  mate- 
rials and  processes  of  drawing,  painting,  and  printmaking.  Spatial  perception 
composition,  light  and  dark  as  well  as  color  relationships  are  major  areas  of 
study.  3  credits. 

1 9 1  - 1 98.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

201.  Art  History  1.  Prehistoric  through  Medieval  Art.  A  stylistic  survey 
from  paleolithic  through  medieval  art,  including  a  focus  on  the  artist's  role 
within  society.  3  credits. 

203.  Art  History  11.  Renaissance  to  Twentieth  Century.    A  survey  of 
individual  masters  and  their  major  schools,  the  course  covers  the  period 
from  the  close  of  the  medieval  era  to  the  modern  day  and  includes  stylistic 
analyses  and  historical  contexts  for  the  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 
of  each  period.  3  credits. 

29 1  -  298.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits. 

391-398.  Special  Topics.     1-6  credits. 

401.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.     Introduction  to  creative  art  activity  fo 
children  in  elementary  school.  Topics  covered  include  philosophical  con- 
cepts, curriculum,  evaluation  and  studio  activity  involving  a  variety  of  art 
media,  techniques,  and  processes.  3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 

30 


Biochemistry 

The  major  in  biochemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  that  provides  an 
opportunity  for  interested  students  to  engage  in  a  comprehensive  study  of 
the  chemical  basis  of  biological  processes.  It  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  advanced  study  in  medical,  dental,  and  other  professional  schools,  for 
graduate  programs  in  a  variety  of  subjects  including  biochemistry,  clinical 
chemistry,  pharmacology,  molecular  biology,  genetics,  microbiology,  and 
physiology,  and  for  research  positions  in  industrial,  academic,  and  govern- 
ment laboratories. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biochemistry. 

MAJOR:  Bll  11,  112,  201,  202  and/or  307,  306,  401  (24  hours):  BCH  421, 
422,  430,  480  (9  hours);  CH  111,  112,  113,  1  14,  21  3,  214,  21  5,  216,  31  1 ,  31  2, 
319,  323,  (29  or  30  hours);  MA  161,  162  or  166(6  hours);  PHY  103/104  or 
111/112  (8  hours). 

Courses  in  Biochemistry 

421,  422.  Biochemistry  I,  II.     A  course  in  the  physical  and  organic  aspects 
of  living  systems.  Prerequisites:  CH  214,  216,  and  3 1  2  or  approval  of  the 
departmental  chairman.  3  credits  per  semester. 

430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.     Investigations  of  the  properties  of  pro- 
teins, nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisites:  CH  214,  216.  1 
credit. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

499.  Biochemistry  Seminar.     Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  special 
topics  in  biochemistry.  1  credit. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Prerequisites  or  corequisites:  CH  311,  312,  and 
permission.  2-3  credits  per  semester  (maximum  of  9). 


Biology 

The  aims  of  the  program  for  biology  majors  are:  (1)  to  provide  a  thorough 
understanding  of  the  principles  of  biology  and  background  in  disciplines 
basic  to  biology;  (2)  to  develop  skills  in  the  application  of  the  scientific 
method  and  in  the  retrieval  and  communication  of  technical  information; 
and  (3)  to  train  students  for  employment  at  the  baccalaureate  level  and  to 


31 


provide  preparation  for  those  interested  in  graduate,  professional  and 
medical  programs. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

MAJOR:  BI  100,  111,  112,  201,  302  or  307,  499;  one  course  each  in  the 
general  areas  of  physiology,  cellular  and  subcellular  biology,  and  morphol- 
ogy; and  4  additional  hours  of  biology  for  a  minimum  of  34  hours.  Also 
required  are  two  years  of  chemistry;  PHY  103,  1 04  or  111,  112;  and  MA  1 6 
or  1 1 1 .  81  1 1 1/1 1 2  are  pre-requisites  for  all  courses  beyond  the  biology  1 
level  unless  noted  otherwise. 


Cooperative  Programs 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies 

Students  completing  a  three-year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College 
studying  the  liberal  arts  and  the  sciences  basic  to  forestry  and  environmen- 
sciences  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  cooperative  forestry  program  with 
Duke  University.  Upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  the  two-year  (plus  or 
summer)  program  at  Duke  University,  the  student  will  receive  the  Bachelor 
Science  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College.  After  completion  of  the 
program  at  Duke,  the  student  will  receive  the  professional  degree  of  Maste 
of  Forestry  (M.F.)  or  Master  of  Environmental  Management  (M.E.M.)  from 
Duke  University.  Students  may  major  in  biology,  economics,  political  scien^ 
or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

REQUIREMENTS:  Required  courses,  regardless  of  major,  include  BI  111/11 
302;  EC  110/120;  MA  161  or  111,  and  MA  1 70,  plus  those  courses  necessa 
to  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  College.  Additional  required  coun 
work  varies  depending  upon  whether  the  student  majors  in  economics, 
biology,  mathematics  or  political  science. 

Allied  Health  Sciences 

The  College  maintains  a  cooperative  program  ("2  -I-  2")  with  Thomas  jeffer 
son  University  in  Philadelphia,  PA  for  students  interested  in  nursing,  physic 
therapy,  occupational  therapy,  dental  hygiene,  radiologic  technology, 
diagnostic  medical  sonography,  cytotechnology,  and  medical  technology. 
Students  spend  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  taking  required  cours 
in  the  basic  sciences  and  other  areas.  During  the  second  year,  application 

32 


made  to  Thomas  lefferson  University  where  the  students  take  courses  in 
their  area  of  specialty.  Admission  to  the  lefferson  phase  of  the  program  is 
not  automatic  and  depends  upon  grades,  recommendations,  and  an  inter- 
view. Upon  successful  completion  of  the  program,  the  student  is  awarded 
the  baccalaureate  degree  from  Thomas  lefferson  University. 

The  College  also  maintains  a  cooperative  program  with  Hahnemann  Univer- 
sity in  Philadelphia  for  students  interested  in  medical  technology  ("2  +  3"). 
The  student  spends  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  three  years  at 
Hahnemann  University.  Admissions  procedures  are  similar  to  those  described 
above.  Upon  successful  completion  of  this  program,  the  student  is  awarded 
the  baccalaureate  degree  from  Hahnemann  University. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  also  has  its  own  major  in  allied  health  sciences  for 
those  individuals  who  already  possess  an  RN,  RT,  or  other  professional 
designation  from  an  accredited  hospital  or  community  college  program.  Up 
to  60  hours  of  credit  will  be  awarded  for  work  achieved  in  the  previous 
program.  At  Lebanon  Valley  College  the  individual  takes  a  series  of  core 
courses  and  a  concentration  in  either  management,  science  or  other  areas  as 
deemed  appropriate  by  the  director  of  the  allied  health  sciences  program. 
Lebanon  Valley  College  awards  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  allied  health 
sciences  to  those  who  have  successfully  completed  the  program. 


Medical  Technology  and  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

The  College  has  its  own  major  in  medical  technology.  The  student  takes 
three  years  of  courses  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  College  and  of  the 
National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences.  Before  or 
during  the  third  year  of  the  program,  a  student  applies  to  a  hospital  with  a 
CAHEA  approved  school  of  medical  technology  where  he/she  spends  the 
fourth  year  in  training.  Admission  is  not  automatic  and  depends  upon  the 
academic  record,  recommendations  and  an  interview.  Upon  satisfactorily 
completing  the  clinical  year,  the  student  is  awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  by  Lebanon  Valley  College.  The  College  is 
affiliated  with  the  following  hospitals;  Abington  Memorial  Hospital,  Sacred 
Heart  Hospital  (in  Allentown),  Harrisburg  Hospital,  Polyclinic  Medical  Center 
of  Harrisburg,  lersey  Shore  Medical  Center-Fitkin  Hospital,  Lancaster  General 
Hospital,  and  Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center.  However,  the  student  is 
not  limited  to  these  affiliations  and  may  seek  acceptance  at  other  approved 
hospitals.  (Refer  to  the  Allied  Health  Sciences  section  for  additional  pro- 
grams in  medical  technology.) 


33 


The  College  offers  a  program  for  students  interested  in  nuclear  medicine 
technology  ("3  +  1").  The  College  is  affiliated  with  the  schools  of  nuclear 
medicine  technology  at  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Center  and  j.F. 
Kennedy  Medical  Center,  Edison  N).  Admission  is  not  automatic  and  de- 
pends upon  the  academic  record,  recommendations  and  an  interview. 
Application  may  also  be  made  to  other  accredited  programs.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  the  program,  students  are  awarded  the  baccalaureate  degree 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Courses  in  Biology 

100.  Biology  Orientation.     A  general  discussion  of  the  various  skills 
necessary  for  success  in  the  biological  sciences.  Topics  will  include  data 
presentation  and  interpretation,  biological  illustration,  the  biological  litera- 
ture and  library  resources,  scientific  writing,  abstracting,  laboratory  proce- 
dures, preparation  for  examinations,  independent  study,  and  career  oppor- 
tunities in  biology.  Required  for  all  freshman  biochemistry  and  biology 
majors,  and  allied  health  science  students.  Open  to  students  enrolled  in  Bl 
11 1 .  No  prerequisite.  One  credit. 

101.  Human  Biology  I.     This  course,  designed  for  the  non-science  major, 
utilizes  the  human  organism  as  the  primary  focus  for  elucidating  physiologi- 
cal principles.  Topics  include  nutrition,  homeostasis,  major  organ  systems, 
immunity,  and  exercise  physiology.  Laboratory  exercises  include  sensory 
physiology,  respiration,  blood  pressure,  and  ECG.  4  credits  per  semester. 

102.  Human  Biology  II.     This  course,  also  designed  for  the  non-science 
major,  emphasizes  the  mastery  of  certain  biological  principles  as  applied  pri- 
marily to  humans.  Topics  include  reproduction,  development,  classical  and 
molecular  genetics,  and  ecology.  Laboratory  exercises  supplement  lecture 
topics.  4  credits  per  semester. 

111/112.  General  Biology  1,  11.     These  courses,  designed  for  science 
majors,  involve  rigorous  studies  of  basic  biological  principles.  Biology  1 1 1 
emphasizes  cell  biology,  genetics,  taxonomy,  and  evolution.  Biology  1 1 2 
covers  concepts  in  physiology,  embryology,  botany  and  ecology.  4  credits 
per  semester. 

191  -  198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

201.  Genetics.     A  study  of  the  principles,  mechanisms  and  concepts  of 
classical  and  molecular  genetics.  The  laboratory  stresses  key  concepts  of  ge- 
netics utilizing  both  classical  and  molecular  approaches.  Prerequisites:  one 
year  of  chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

34 


221.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy.     The  comparative  anatomy  of 
vertebrates  with  emphasis  on  the  evolutionary  relationships  among  the 
various  lines  of  vertebrates,  intensive  laboratory  work  involves  dissections 
and  demonstrations  of  representative  vertebrates.  4  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

302.  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.     The  development  and  diversity  of 
plants  and  the  relationships  between  them.  Field  and  laboratory  work  will 
familiarize  the  student  with  the  structure  of  plants  and  with  the  identification 
of  flowering  plants  in  the  local  flora.  Prerequisite:  Biology  1  1  2  or  permission. 
4  credits. 

304.  Developmental  Biology.     The  study  of  basic  descriptive  phenomena 
in  the  development  of  typical  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  embryos,  with  a 
consideration  of  modern  embryological  problems.  4  credits. 

305.  Vertebrate  Histology  and  Microtechnique.     A  study  of  the  micro- 
scopic anatomy  of  vertebrate  tissues,  with  illustrations  of  basic  tissue 
similarities  and  specialization  in  relation  to  function.  The  laboratory  work 
includes  the  preparation  of  slides  utilizing  routine  histological  and  histo- 
chemical  techniques.  4  credits. 

306.  Microbiology.     A  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  biochem- 
istry of  representative  microorganisms.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of 
chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

307.  Plant  Physiology.     A  study  of  the  functioning  of  plants,  with  emphasis 
on  vascular  plants.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  permission. 

4  credits. 

318.  Fundamentals  of  Ecology.     An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of 
ecology  with  extensive  laboratory  work  and  field  experiences  in  freshwater, 
marine,  and  terrestrial  ecosystems.  Prerequisites:  BI  1 1  2  or  permission.  4 
credits. 

322.  Animal  Physiology.     A  study  of  the  principles  of  vertebrate  body 
function,  with  emphasis  on  the  mechanisms  by  which  cells  and  organs 
perform  their  functions  and  the  interactions  of  the  various  organs  in  main- 
taining total  body  function.  Prerequisites:  BI  101  or  112  and  one  semester  of 
chemistry,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Provides  on-site  research  and  study  opportunities  in 
medical  research,  veterinary  medicine  and  applied  ecology  (conservation, 
forestry,  and  water  quality  control).  Prerequisite:  permission.  1  -4  credits  per 
semester. 


35 


401.  Cell  Physiology.     A  study  of  the  functioning  of  cells,  including  ener- 
getics, mechanisms  and  control  of  cell  transport,  metabolism,  irritability, 
biological  rhythms  and  photophysiology.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of 
chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

402.  Invertebrate  Zoology.     A  study  of  most  of  the  invertebrate  phyla, 
concentrating  on  movement,  metabolism,  information  and  control,  repro- 
duction and  association  between  animals.  4  credits. 

409.  Quantitative  Ecology.     An  intensive  study  of  ecological  processes 
emphasizing  the  quantitative  aspects  of  ecology  at  the  population  and 
community  levels.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

499.  Seminar.     Each  senior  student  is  required  to  do  independent  library 
research  on  an  assigned  topic  and  to  make  an  oral  presentation  to  the 
biology  faculty  and  students.  This  course  may  be  repeated.  1  or  2  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Prerequisite:  Permission.  1  -9  credits  per  semes- 
ter. 


Chemistry 

The  aims  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  to  provide  its  majors  with 
rigorous  training  in  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern  chemistry.  The 
department  offers  two  degrees,  the  B.S.  with  a  major  in  chemistry  and  the 
B.S.  in  Chemistry  which  partially  meets  the  requirements  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society.  Both  degree  programs  offer  the  necessary  preparation  for 
industry,  graduate  study  or  professional  schools  of  medicine,  dentistry, 
optometry,  osteopathic  medicine,  or  podiatry.  Courses  are  designed  to 
present  the  interaction  of  theoretical  and  experimental  chemistry.  In  all  lab- 
oratory courses  emphasis  is  given  to  the  use  of  instrumentation,  including 
electronics.  An  independent  study  course  is  required  of  all  chemistry  majors. 

DEGREES:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  chemistry.  B.S.  in  Chemistry  degree 
(partial  fulfillment  of  American  Chemical  Society  certification). 

MAJOR:  Students  must  take  111,  112,  113,  114,  213,  214,  215,  216,  222, 
311,  312,  314,  316,  319,  321,  322,  and  323;  MA  161,  162;  PHY  111,  112;  total 
of  47-49  credits. 


36 


B.S.  in  Chemistry  candidates  must  take  111,  112,  113,  1  14,  213,  214,  215, 
216,  222,  31  1,  312,  314,  316,  319,  321,  322,  323,  411,  and  6  credits  from  the 
following  421,  422,  491-498,  and  4  credits  of  500;  MA  161,  162;  PHY  1  1  1, 
1 12;  total  of  60-62  credits. 


Courses  in  Chemistry 

100.  Introduction  to  Chemistry.     An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of 
chemistry  including  mathematical  tools,  atomic  structure,  reactions,  stoichi- 
ometry,  bonding,  and  aqueous  systems.  Laboratory  experience  included.  4 
credits. 

Ill,  112.  Principles  of  Chemistry  1,  II.     A  systematic  study  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  and  concepts  of  chemistry.  3  credits  per  semester. 

113,  114.  Introductory  Laboratory  I,  II.     Laboratory  courses  to  accompany 
1 1 1  and  1 12  respectively.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  1 1 1  and  1 12.  1  credit 
per  semester. 

1 9 1  -  1 98.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

213,  214.  Organic  Chemistry  1,  II.     An  introduction  to  the  structure, 
nomenclature,  and  properties  of  the  major  classes  of  organic  compounds, 
with  emphasis  on  the  principles  and  reaction  mechanisms  describing  their 
behavior.  Prerequisite:  1 12  and  1 14.  3  credits  per  semester. 

215,  216.  Organic  Laboratory  I,  11.     Investigations  of  methods  of  synthesis 
and  analysis  of  organic  compounds  including  some  physical  organic  studies. 
Prerequisite:  CH  2 1  3.  Corequisite:  CH  2 1 4  or  2 1 6.  1  credit  for  2 1  5,  1-2 
credits  for  216. 

222.  Introductory  Inorganic  Chemistry.     The  application  of  theoretical 
principles  to  the  understanding  of  the  descriptive  chemistry  of  the  elements. 
Prerequisite:  CH  1 12  and  1  14.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

31 1,  312.  Physical  Chemistry  1,  II.     A  study  of  the  physical  theories  of 
matter  and  their  applications  to  systems  of  variable  composition.  Prerequi- 
sites: CH  2 1 4  or  2 1 6,  MA  1 62  and  PHY  112.3  credits  per  semester. 

314.  Instrumental  Analysis.     An  examination  of  instrumental  analytical 
methods,  including  spectrophotometry,  electroanalysis,  coulometry,  and  po- 
larography.  Prerequisites:  CH  31  1  and  319.  Corequisite:  CH  312.  3  credits. 

316.  Instrumental  Analysis  Laboratory.     The  use  of  instrumental  tech- 


37 


niques  for  investigating  chemical  systems.  Prerequisites:  CH  214  and  216. 
Corequisites:  CH  311,  312.  1  credit. 

319.  Chemical  Equilibria.     A  rigorous  mathematical  description  of  the  role 
of  a  chemical  equilibrium  in  chemical  systems  emphasizing  reactions  involv- 
ing ionic  substances  and  using  modern  analytical  methods.  Prerequisites:  CH 
214  and  216.  4  credits. 

321,  322.  Physical  Laboratory  I,  II.     Physical-chemical  investigations  of 
chemical  systems.  Corequisite:  CH  31 1  or  312.  1  credit  per  semester. 

323.  Chemical  Equilibria  Laboratory.     A  laboratory  study  of  the  applica- 
tion of  equilibrium  concepts  to  chemical  systems.  Corequisite:  CH  3 1 9.  1  credit. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Supervised  chemistry  laboratory  experience  in  an  in- 
dustry, government  agency,  or  hospital.  Prerequisites:  permission  of  chair- 
man of  department.  1  -6  credits. 

41 1.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.     A  study  of  bonding  theories, 
molecular  structure,  spectroscopy,  and  reaction  mechanisms  with  special 
emphasis  on  transition  metal  complexes.  Prerequisite:  CH  312.  3  credits  per 
semester. 

421,  422.  Biochemistry  I,  II.     A  course  in  the  physical  and  organic  aspects 
of  living  systems.  Prerequisites:  CH  214,  216,  and  3 1 2  or  permission.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.     Investigations  of  the  properties  of  pro- 
teins, nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisites:  CH  214  and 
216.  1  credit. 

480.  Biochemistry  Seminar.     Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  special 
topics  in  biochemistry.  1  credit. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     One  or  more  of  the  following  courses  will  be 
offered  each  semester:  analytical,  industrial  chemistry,  kinetics,  organic 
synthesis,  physical  organic,  polymers,  or  quantum  mechanics.  However, 
other  options  are  available.  Prerequisite:  CH  312,  319  or  permission.  1-6 

credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Intensive  library  and  laboratory  study  of  special 
interest  to  advanced  students  in  the  major  areas  of  chemistry.  For  students 
preparing  for  secondary  school  teaching,  the  emphasis  is  placed  on  methods 
of  teaching  chemistry.  Prerequisites:  CH  319,  312,  and  the  consent  of  the 
chairman  of  the  department.  2  or  3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9  for 
students  in  honors  program). 

38 


Education 

Elementary  Education 

The  teacher  preparation  program  builds  upon  a  strong  foundation  in  the 
liberal  arts  and  includes  intensive  training  in  teaching  all  school  subjects. 
The  field-centered  component  in  the  program  provides  the  elementary 
education  major  with  extensive  and  carefully  sequenced  opportunities  to 
work  with  teachers  and  children  in  a  variety  of  school  settings.  During  the 
first  three  years  students  spend  time  off  campus  making  observations, 
tutoring,  and  providing  small-group  instruction.  Seniors  spend  a  full  semester 
in  full-time  student  teaching.  Coursework  allows  sophomores,  juniors  and 
seniors  the  opportunity  to  work  with  nursery  school  children  and/or  with  ex- 
ceptional children  in  selected  locations. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  elementary  education. 

MAJOR:  Elementary  education  majors  must  take:  ED  1  10;  EE  220,  250,  270, 
332,  341,  342,  344,  361,  362.  440,  499;  AR  401;  GO  1  11;  one  of  the  follow- 
ing: HI  125,  1  26;  MA  1 00  or  equivalent;  PSY  1 00,  220,  32 1 ,  for  a  total  of  66 
hours. 


Secondary  Education 

There  is  no  separate  major  for  those  interested  in  secondary  education. 
Interested  students  major  in  a  subject  area  and  also  enroll  for  courses  in  the 
Education  Department.  This  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements 
for  teacher  certification  in  Pennsylvania  and  many  other  states.  Programs 
that  lead  to  certification  include  biology,  chemistry,  English,  French,  German, 
Spanish,  mathematics,  physics,  and  social  studies. 

DEGREE:  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  in  the  chosen  major. 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:     Candidates  must  complete  21  credits 
in  professional  education  courses  and  the  approved  program  in  the  chosen 
major.  ED  11 0  should  be  taken  in  the  sophomore  year  and  ED  420  in  the 
junior  year.  ED  430  and  440  comprise  the  student  teaching  semester  of  the 
senior  or  postgraduate  year.  To  qualify  for  student  teaching,  the  student 
must  have  completed  ED  110  and  420,  the  courses  required  for  the  major, 
and  must  have  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  plus  permission  of  his  advisor 
and  the  director  of  secondary  student  teaching.  Certification  encompasses 
grades  7  through  1  2. 


39 


Courses  in  Elementary  Education 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.      Fundamentals  of  music  instruction, 
including  a  survey  of  approaches  to  developing  conceptual  learning;  move- 
ment; playing  classroom  instruments;  introduction  of  Orff  and  Kodaly 
techniques;  creative  applications;  guided  listening;  and  the  child  voice.  3 
credits. 

250.  Mathematics  for  the  Elementary  Grades.     An  introduction  to 
fundamental  concepts  and  processes  in  mathematics  with  emphasis  on  their 
application  in  the  elementary  school.  3  credits. 

260.  Principles  and  Practices  in  Early  Childhood  Education.     An  intro- 
duction to  contemporary  research,  theories,  programs,  curricula,  methods, 
and  materials  in  early  childhood  education,  nursery  school  through  grade  2. 
Includes  required  field  experience  in  a  local  setting.  3  credits. 

270.  Children's  Literature.     A  study  of  literature  for  children  from  infants 
through  grade  8,  including  extensive  classroom  examination  of  books, 
poetry,  storytelling,  and  audiovisual  resources  in  children's  literature.  3  credits. 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  the  Elementary  School.     Supervised  field  experi- 
ences in  appropriate  school  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission.  1  -3  credits 
per  semester. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

332.  The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School.      A  study  of  basic 
concepts  in  biology,  chemistry,  physics,  and  geography.  Innovative  curricula 
and  methodology  emphasize  the  experiential  nature  of  science  in  the 
elementary  classroom.  Prerequisites:  EE  250  and  one  semester  of  a  labora- 
tory science.  3  credits. 

341/342.  Teaching  of  Reading  I,  II.     The  fundamentals  of  teaching 
children  to  read,  from  the  readiness  programs  of  early  childhood  education 
to  the  more  comprehensive  techniques  required  to  teach  reading  in  all 
subject  areas  of  the  curricula  in  elementary  and  middle  schools.  Effective 
reading  programs,  methods,  and  materials  are  examined  first  hand.  Attention 
is  given  to  the  classroom  teacher's  diagnosis  of  reading  difficulties  with  an 
eye  to  preventive  and  prescriptive  teaching.  Includes  during  each  semester 
one  hour  per  week  of  tutoring  of  selected  elementary  school  students. 
Prerequisite:  EE  270.  3  credits  per  semester. 

344.  Health  and  Safety  Education.     A  study  of  basic  health  and  safety 
practices  and  procedures  as  applied  to  the  elementary  school,  including  a 


40 


program  of  physical  education  for  elementary  school  children,  an  American 
Red  Cross-approved  program  of  first  aid,  and  an  evaluation  of  sources  and 
use  of  materials.  Prerequisites:  ED  110;  PSY  220.  3  credits. 

361.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.  The  content,  methods 
and  materials  for  teaching  oral  and  written  language  beginning  with  early 
childhood:  listening,  speaking,  creative  and  practical  writing,  as  well  as  the 
related  skills  of  creative  dramatics,  handwriting,  grammar  and  usage.  The 
course  is  designed  to  assist  teachers  in  helping  children  to  communicate 
effectively  and  responsibly  in  a  creative  manner.  3  credits. 

362.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.     An  examination  of  the 
content,  methods  and  role  of  social  studies  in  the  elementary  school, 
beginning  with  early  childhood.  The  curriculum  is  examined  from  two  van- 
tage points:  the  daily  lives  of  children  as  they  relate  to  developing  values 
and  attitudes,  and  the  planned  study  of  people  as  they  live  and  have  lived  in 
our  world.  The  development  of  a  teaching  unit  and  the  examination  of 
learning  resources  contribute  to  a  sound  instructional  program.  3  credits. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

440.  Student  Teaching.     Each  student  spends  an  entire  semester  in  a 
classroom  of  an  area  public  school  under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  se- 
lected cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college  is  required.  Prerequi- 
sites: ED  1  10;  PSY  220;  EE  250,  270,  332,  341,  342,  361,  362,  and  permission. 
3-12  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

499.  Senior  Seminar.     Special  topics  related  to  pertinent  problems  in 
student  teaching  or  to  further  professional  growth  in  the  profession  are  re- 
searched. 3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     1  -  3  credits  per  semester. 

Courses  in  Education 

1 10.  Foundations  of  Education.     A  study  of  the  social,  historical  and 
philosophical  foundations  of  American  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of 
the  principles  and  theories  of  influential  educators.  3  credits. 

191  -  198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  the  Secondary  School.     Supervised  field  experi- 
ences in  appropriate  school  settings.  Designed  to  offer  practical  experiences 


41 


for  prospective  secondary  teachers  or  students  planning  an  educational 
ministry.  Prerequisites:  Permission.  1  -3  credits  per  semester. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 

346.  Educational  Technology  and  Instructional  Media.     A  study  of  the 
preparation  and  use  of  instructional  technology,  media,  and  equipment.  3 

credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 

442.  The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.     An  introduction  to  current 
research  and  practices  concerning  exceptionalities  in  children,  including  the 
handicapped  and  gifted.  The  course  includes  attention  to  policies,  legisla- 
tion, programs,  methods  and  materials.  Various  resource  personnel  are 
invited  to  address  pertinent  issues.  The  course  includes  a  minimum  of  one 
hour  per  week  field  experience  in  local  programs  designed  to  meet  the 
needs  of  exceptional  children.  Prerequisites:  ED  1 10,  PSY  100.  3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

Courses  in  Secondary  Education 

420.  Human  Growth  and  Development.     A  survey  of  psychology  and 
learning  and  their  application  to  secondary  school  teaching.  3  credits. 

430.  Practicum  and  Methods.  An  examination  of  the  basic  principles  and 
methods  of  secondary  classroom  instruction.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  reading 
skills.  Prerequisite:  ED  110,  420.  3  credits. 

431.  Social  Studies  in  Secondary  Education.     A  study  of  curricular 
patterns  and  development  for  areas  within  the  social  studies.  Students  will 
prepare  instructional  objectives,  select  and  organize  subject  matter,  investi- 
gate a  variety  of  learning  activities  and  strategies  for  developing  inquiry 
skills,  decision-making  ability  and  values.  1  -2  credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.     Each  student  spends  one  semester  in  a  classroom 
of  an  area  school  under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating 
teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  Requirements  are:  (1)  a  grade  point  average  of 
at  least  2.0  in  the  major  field;  (2)  completion  of  methods  in  the  major  field; 
and  (3)  approval  of  the  major  advisor  and  the  director  of  secondary  student 
teaching.  Prerequisites:  ED  110,  420,  430  (ED  430  may  be  taken  concurrently 
with  ED  440).  3-12  credits. 


42 


Geography 

Courses  in  geography  are  offered  to  acquaint  students  with  the  physical  and 
cultural  aspects  of  the  world  in  which  they  live.  The  courses  are  recom- 
mended for  all  students  who  wish  to  broaden  their  understanding  of  the  world. 

Courses  in  Geography 

111.  Physical  Geography.     A  survey  of  the  physical  aspects  of  the  earth, 
its  place  in  the  solar  system,  earth  movements,  waters,  landforms,  climate, 
soil  types,  weather,  and  processes  that  form  and  change  the  earth's  surface. 
3  credits. 

1 12.  Regional  Cultural  Geography.     A  survey  of  the  various  geographic 
regions  of  the  world  and  their  cultural  features.  The  natural  resources  and 
economy  of  each  area  are  studied  as  well  as  such  factors  as  religion,  social 
customs,  food  supply,  populations,  and  ecology.  3  credits. 


Reading  and  Study  Skills 

Occasionally,  an  incoming  student  may  have  had  insufficient  preparation  for 
study  and  concentration  at  the  college  level.  It  is  for  this  student  that  the 
reading  and  study  skills  course  is  intended. 

1 10.  Reading  and  Study  Skills.     A  study  of  techniques  intended  to 
improve  those  skills  important  to  reading  and  to  study  at  the  college  level. 
Tests  assigned  for  students'  own  classes  are  utilized.  Students  who  have 
SAT  verbal  scores  below  450  are  strongly  advised  to  take  the  course.  1  credit. 


English 

The  major  in  English  introduces  students  to  the  humanistic  study  of  literature 
or  to  the  humanistic  practice  of  writing.  While  English  majors  may  choose  to 
concentrate  either  in  literature  or  communications,  the  basis  for  both 
concentrations  is  the  systematic  and  analytic  study  of  literature.  All  majors 
also  learn  clear,  concise,  and  coherent  expression  as  well  as  effective  collec- 
tion, organization,  and  presentation  of  material.  Such  study  prepares  the 


43 


student  for  more  advanced  work  in  many  fields.  Graduates  of  the  Department 
of  English  are  prepared  for  work  in  such  fields  as  journalism,  teaching, 
editing,  public  relations,  publishing,  advertising,  government,  industry,  the 
ministry,  and  law. 
DEGREE:  B.A.  with  a  major  in  English. 

Major  core  requirements:  All  students  must  take  EN  200,  EN  33 1 ,  EN  499, 
one  major  authors  course,  and  three  courses  from  EN  220,  EN  225,  EN  226, 
EN  227,  EN  228. 

Literature  Concentration:  Students  must  take  two  additional  survey  courses 
and  three  additional  major  authors  or  special  topics  courses.  Students 
planning  to  teach  secondary  school  will  also  take  EN  218  and  EN  334. 

Communications  Concentration:  Beyond  the  core  courses  the  student  will 
take  EN  213,  and  three  additional  courses  in  communications  or  in  related 
work,  such  as  photography  or  electronic  studio.  The  student  will  also  take  at 
least  one  internship. 


Courses  in  English 

111/112.  English  Composition,  I,  II.     Both  semesters  help  the  student  find 
her  or  his  own  voice  within  the  demands  and  expectations  of  public  expres- 
sion. These  courses  emphasize  the  development  of  clear,  organized,  and 
rhetorically  effective  prose.  3  credits  per  semester. 

1 9 1  - 1 98.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

200.  Introduction  to  Literary  Studies.     An  introduction  to  the  basic 
methodology,  tools,  terminology,  and  concepts  of  the  study  of  literature.  3 
credits. 

210.  Management  Communications.     The  development  of  reading, 
writing,  and  listening  skills  for  management  in  the  business  community. 
Prerequisites:  EN  111,  1 1 2  or  permission.  3  credits. 

213.  lournalistic  Writing.     The  development  of  the  basic  skills  of  journalis- 
tic writing.  3  credits. 

214.  Media  Writing.     The  application  of  basic  journalistic  skills  to  maga- 
zines, public  relations,  publicity,  radio,  and  television.  3  credits. 

216.  Technical  Writing.     The  development  of  writing  skills  within  the 
context  of  technical  and  scientific  writing,  with  emphasis  on  style  and  forms. 
3  credits. 

44 


218.  Oral  Communications.     Introduction  to  oral  communication,  with 
emphasis  on  effective  public  speaking.  3  credits. 

219.  Creative  Writing.     The  making  of  fiction  or  poetry  (in  alternate 
offerings)  in  a  workshop  setting.  3  credits. 

220.  Masters  of  American  Literature.     A  study  of  selected  major  authors 
representing  various  periods  of  American  Literature.  3  credits. 

225/226.  Survey  of  English  Literature  I,  II.     An  examination  of  English 
literature  from  the  beginnings  to  about  1800  (1)  and  from  there  to  the 
present  (II). 

227/228.  World  Literature  I,  11.     An  examination  of  major  themes  in 
Western  thought  through  major  literary  works  from  the  ancient  Greeks  to  the 
moderns.  3  credits  per  semester. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

331 .  History  of  the  English  Language.     An  examination  of  English  sounds, 
grammatical  forms,  and  vocabulary,  as  well  as  a  brief  survey  of  standards  of 
correctness  and  current  usage.  3  credits. 

334.  Modern  Grammars.     A  review  of  traditional  grammar  and  a  survey  of 
recent  grammatical  concepts  resulting  from  developments  in  structural 
linguistics.  Prerequisite:  EN  331.  3  credits. 

335.  The  Novel.     A  study  of  the  development  of  the  English  novel  from 
Richardson  to  loyce.  3  credits. 

336.  Theatre  Workshop.     A  study  of  the  elements  of  theatre  as  oriented 
toward  stage  presentation,  with  classroom  practice  in  production  of  scenes 
and  whole  plays.  3  credits. 

340-349.  Major  Authors.     An  examination  of  works  of  individual  important 
authors  in  American,  English  and  World  literature.  3  credits  each. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Supervised  field  experience  in  communications  work. 
1-15  semester  hours  credit. 

49 1  -  498.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

499.  Seminar.     This  capstone  course  for  English  majors  varies  in  content.  3 
credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     For  the  student  who  desires  to  engage  in  a 
project  of  independent  work,  whether  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors 
program  or  not.  Prerequisite:  Permission.  1  -3  credits  per  semester,  (maxi- 
mum of  9) 

45 


Foreign  Languages 

The  study  of  a  foreign  language  has  three  aims:  to  develop  fluency  in  the 
basic  communication  skills,  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  cultural 
heritage  of  the  people  who  use  the  language,  and  to  understand  language  a: 
the  fundamental  medium  in  which  mankind  thinks  and  interacts. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  prepares  the  language  major  for  a 
career  in  a  variety  of  fields:  teaching,  diplomatic  and  governmental  service, 
foreign  trade,  business  and  social  service.  For  many  of  these  careers  the 
study  of  a  foreign  language  is  often  combined  with  majors  in  other  disciplines 

The  Department  encourages  students  to  avail  themselves  of  the  College's 
opportunities  for  foreign  travel  and  study,  including  the  International 
Student  Exchange  Program. 

DEGREE:  For  the  student  who  majors  in  foreign  language,  French,  German 
or  Spanish,  the  B.A.  is  offered. 

MAJOR:  A  student  may  elect  to  major  in  one  language  or  in  foreign  lan- 
guages. A  major  in  one  language  requires  FL250  and  24  hours  above  the  in- 
termediate level  in  the  language  studied.  A  major  in  foreign  languages  has 
the  same  requirements  plus  1 2  hours  above  the  intermediate  level  in  a 
second  language.  For  prospective  teachers,  FL  440  is  required. 

Courses  in  Foreign  Language 

250.  Introduction  to  Linguistics.  An  introductory  study  of  language  as  a 
communication  system,  designed  for  majors  and  non-majors  and  taught  in 
English.  3  credits. 

260.  Approaches  to  Culture.     A  survey  of  contemporary  life  in  French, 
German  and  Spanish  speaking  countries.  Topics  may  include  customs, 
values,  social  structures,  geography,  and  current  issues.  Taught  in  English.  3 
credits. 

440.  Methods  of  Teaching  Foreign  Language.     A  comprehensive  study  of 
modern  teaching  methods,  with  emphasis  on  basic  skills  for  secondary 
school  level  instruction.  Prerequisite:  FR  3 1 6,  or  SP  3 1 6,  or  GER  3 1 6.  2  credits 

Courses  in  French 

101,  102,  Elementary  French  1,  11.     Introductory  courses  in  French.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

46 


191  -  198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

201,  202.  Intermediate  Conversational  French  1,  11.     A  review  of  French 
grammar,  emphasizing  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading, 
and  writing.  Prerequisite:  FR  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

311.  Introduction  to  French  Literature.     Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of 
literary  texts  and  in  the  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  FR  202  or  equiva- 
lent. 3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.     Readings  in  the  works  of  living  French 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style  and  the  relationship  of  the  writer 
to  current  problems.  Prerequisite:  FR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

315  French  Culture.  A  study  of  modern  France.  Special  attention  is  paid 
to  those  qualities,  characteristics,  and  traditions  which  are  uniquely  French. 
Prerequisite:  FR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.     Intensive  practice  in 
spoken  and  written  F;ench.  An  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level  with 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite:  FR  202 
or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  French.     An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  FR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Field  experience  in  a  business,  governmental  or  social 
organization.  1-15  credits. 

410.  French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance.     A  study  of 
medieval  French  literature  to  1600.  Prerequisite:  FR  31  1  or  316  or  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 

420.  French  Literature  of  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV.     A  study  of  major  French 
authors  of  this  era,  the  apogee  of  French  civilization,  including  Corneille, 
Racine,  Moliere,  La  Fontaine,  and  Pascal.  Prerequisite:  FR  311  or  FR  316  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

430.  French  Literature  of  the  Enlightenment.     A  study  of  the  main  literary 
and  philosophical  currents  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  works  of  Montesquieu,  Diderot,  Voltaire,  and  Rousseau. 
Prerequisite:  FR  31  1  or  FR  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

440.  The  Modern  French  Novel.     A  study  of  the  French  novel.  Limited  to 
the  study  of  novels  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite: 
FR  31  1  or  FR  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 


47 


450.  Modern  Theatre  and  Poetry  of  France.     A  study  of  theatre  and 
poetry  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite;  Fr  31 1  or  FR 
316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

491  -498  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Prerequisite:  FR  316  or  equivalent.  1  -6  credits. 


Courses  in  German 

100.  Elementary  German.     Self-paced.  A  beginning  course  for  the  student 
who  wishes  to  proceed  at  his  own  pace.  A  student  may  earn  from  2  to  6 
credits,  depending  on  the  amount  of  work  completed.  The  student  does  not 
attend  class  but  uses  specially  developed  materials  and  may  call  on  the 
instructor  for  aid.  With  the  approval  of  the  instructor,  a  student  may  enroll 
in  this  class  for  more  than  one  semester  until  a  total  of  6  credits  has  been 
earned. 

101,  102.  Elementary  German  I,  II.     Introductory  courses  in  German.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

1 9 1  -  1 98.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits. 

201,  202.  Intermediate  Conversational  German  I,  11.  A  review  of  German 
grammar,  with  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  GR  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

210.  Scientific  German.     An  introduction  to  scientific  writing  in  German. 
The  vocabulary  and  syntax  of  scientific  writing  with  emphasis  on  the  accurate 
translation  of  texts.  Taught  in  English.  Prerequisite:  GR  102.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

31 1.  Introduction  to  German  Literature.     Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of 
literary  texts  and  in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  GR  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.     Readings  in  the  works  of  living  German 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style  and  the  relationship  of  the  writer 
to  current  problems.  Prerequisite:  GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

315.  German  Culture.     Study  of  the  major  features  of  contemporary 
German  life.  Prerequisite:  GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.     Intensive  practice  in 
spoken  and  written  German  on  an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level, 

48 


with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequi- 
site: GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  German.  An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Field  experience  in  a  business,  governmental  or  social 
organization.  1-15  credits. 

410.  The  German  Heritage.     A  survey  of  German  culture  and  civilization 
including  history,  music,  art,  literature,  and  philosophy.  Prerequisite:  GR  31 1 
or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

420.  The  Age  of  Heroes.     An  exploration  of  the  idea  held  by  writers  from 
the  medieval  through  the  baroque  periods  that  an  exemplary  individual  is 
the  proper  measure  and  focus  of  human  aspiration  and  achievement. 
Prerequisite:  GR  31 1  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

430.  Goethe  and  Schiller.  A  detailed  study  of  these  literary  figures,  with 
an  examination  of  their  society  and  artistic  achievements.  Prerequisite:  GR 
311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

440.  The  German  Novelle.     The  novelle  as  a  literary  genre,  as  well  as  its 
development  through  the  Nineteenth  and  early  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prereq- 
uisite: GR  31  1  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.     A  study  of  represen- 
tative works  by  leading  authors  of  the  century  and  current  literary  move- 
ments. Prerequisite:  GR  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  study.     1  -6  credits 

Courses  in  Greek. 

101,  102.  Elementary  Greek  1,  II.     Introductory  study  in  the  basics  of 
ancient  Greek.  3  credits  per  semester. 

201,  202.  Intermediate  Greek  1,  11.     Readings  from  Greek  literature.  First 
semester  includes  readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels.  Second 
semester  includes  readings  from  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  Prerequisite:  GK  102. 
3  credits  per  semester. 

321.  Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.     Prerequisite:  GK  202   3  credits. 

322.  Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.     Prerequisite:  GK  202.  3  credits. 

431.  Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul.     Prerequisite:  GK  202   3  credits. 


49 


432.  Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers.     Prerequisite;  GK  202.  3 
credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 


Courses  in  Latin 

101.  Elementary  Latin  I.     Basic  grammar  and  syntax,  including  some 
readings  of  ancient  writers.  3  credits. 

102.  Elementary  Latin  11.     A  review  of  grammar  and  translation.  Translation 
of  English  into  Latin  and  reading  of  Latin  prose  selections,  including  Cicero. 
Prerequisite:  LT  101  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

201.  Intermediate  Latin  1.     A  review  of  grammar  and  selected  readings. 
Readings  from  such  prose  works  as  Cicero's  essays.  Prerequisite:  LT  102  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

202.  Intermediate  Latin  11.     Selected  readings.  A  reading  of  passages 
selected  from  the  writings  of  Virgil  and  Ovid.  Prerequisite:  LT  201  or  equiva- 
lent. 3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

Courses  in  Spanish 

101,  102.  Elementary  Spanish  1,  II.     Introductory  courses  in  Spanish.  3 
credits. 

1 9 1  - 1 98.  Special  topics.     1  -  6  credits 

201,  202.  Intermediate  Conversational  Spanish  I,  11.  A  review  of  Spanish 
grammar,  and  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  SP  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

29 1  -  298.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

31 1.  Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature.     Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of 
literary  texts  and  in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  SP  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.     Readings  in  the  works  of  living  Spanish 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style  and  the  relationship  of  the  writer 
to  current  problems.  Prerequisite:  SP  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

315.  Hispanic  Culture.     A  study  of  Hispanic  culture  and  language,  with 
emphasis  on  the  culture  as  found  in  modern  Spain  and  its  reflection  in 
America.  Prerequisite:  SP  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

50 


316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.     Intensive  practice  in 
spoken  and  written  Spanish  on  an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level, 
with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite: 
SP  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  Spanish.     An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite;  SP  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Field  experience  in  a  business,  governmental  or  social 
organization.  1-15  credits. 

410.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance.     A  study 
of  the  outstanding  works  of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  SP  31  1  or  316  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

420.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age.     A  study  of  the  major  works 
of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  SP  3 1  1  or  3 1 6  or  permission.  3  credits. 

430.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries. 

Readings  from  the  Enlightenment  in  Spain,  and  an  examination  of  the  major 
works  of  romanticism  and  realism.  Prerequisite:  SP  31  1  or  316  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

440.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  A  study  of  the  literary 
movements  of  this  century,  starting  with  the  Generation  '98  and  modernism. 
Prerequisite:  SP  31  1  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  Spanish-American  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.     A  study  of 
the  important  writers  of  the  century,  with  emphasis  on  recent  developments 
in  the  literature  of  Spanish-America.  Prerequisite:  SP  3 1 1  or  3 1 6  or  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     1  -6  credits. 


General  Studies 

Bachelors  Degree 

The  bachelors  degree  program  in  General  Studies  is  intended  for  students 
who  desire  the  widest  possible  choice  in  selecting  a  program  of  study. 
Students  may  choose  their  courses  freely  from  among  the  arts,  humanities, 
sciences,  and  social  sciences. 


51 


DEGREE:  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  General  Studies. 

REQUIREMENTS:  42-45  credits  of  general  requirements;  75-78  credits  of 
free  electives;  24  or  more  credits  selected  from  courses  at  the  300  level  or 
above;  and  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00. 

Associate  Degree 

The  associate  degree  program  in  general  studies  is  intended  for  students 
who  do  not  wish  to  concentrate  in  a  single  area.  In  this  program  they  may 
select  their  courses  freely  from  among  the  arts,  humanities,  sciences,  and 
social  sciences. 

DEGREE:  Associate  of  Arts  or  Associate  of  Science  with  a  major  in  General 
Studies. 

REQUIREMENTS:  24  credits  from  the  general  requirements  (with  at  least  one 
course  from  each  area  listed  under  the  General  Requirements  Program);  36 
credits  of  free  electives;  and  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00. 


Health  Care  Professionals,  Administration 

The  major  in  administration  for  health  care  professionals  is  designed  for 
people  in  the  health  care  fields  who  possess  associate  degrees  or  profes- 
sional certification.  The  program  combines  studies  in  the  liberal  arts  and 
management,  plus  business  practices  common  to  the  health  care  industry. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Administration  for  Health  Care  Personnel. 

MAJOR:  AC  151,  152,  CS  147,  EC  110,  120,  EN  I  I  1 ,  210,  GE  140,  MA  170, 
MG  330,  350,  plus  9-  15  approved  credits  in  psychology  or  sociology  and  a 
concentration  requirement. 

Management  concentration:     MG  497  and  1 2  credits  chosen  from  EC  201 , 
MG  340,  361,  371,  372,  460  or  485. 

Human  resources  concentration:     MG  420,  425,  PSY  337,  346,  plus  one 
course  in  psychology  or  sociology  above  the  300  level.  ' 


Health  Professions 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  pre-professional  training  in  the  medical 
(medicine,  osteopathy,  optometry,  podiatry,  pharmacy,  chiropractic,  and 

52 


dentistry)  and  veterinary  fields.  Students  interested  in  one  of  these  careers 
usually  follow  a  science  curriculum  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology  or 
chemistry. 

In  addition  to  the  basic  natural  sciences  suited  to  advanced  professional 
study,  the  student  who  is  interested  in  veterinary  medicine  may  participate 
in  a  cooperative  program  between  the  College  and  local  veterinarians, 
specializing  in  both  small  and  large  animal  medicine.  Students  not  only 
receive  credit  for  the  work,  but  also  gain  valuable  experience  in  the  field. 

For  those  students  interested  in  podiatry,  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  have  established  an  accelerated 
curriculum  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  90  undergraduate  semester  hours 
and  four  years  of  podiatric  medical  education.  Following  three  years  of  study 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College  a  student  may  be  recommended  for  further  study 
at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine.  Lebanon  Valley  College 
then  awards  the  baccalaureate  degree,  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology 
or  chemistry,  to  those  students  who  complete  successfully  one  year  of  basic 
science  education  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine. 

A  health  professions  committee  coordinates  the  various  plans  of  study  in 
addition  to  offering  advice  and  assistance  to  those  persons  interested  in 
health  professions  careers. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  graduates  have  been  admitted  to  some  of  the 
nation's  finest  schools  including  lohns  Hopkins  University  Medical  School, 
The  University  of  Pennsylvania,  The  University  of  Pittsburgh,  lefferson 
Medical  School,  The  Milton  S.  Hershey  Medical  Center,  Temple  University, 
The  University  of  Maryland,  The  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medi- 
cine, The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  and  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Optometry. 

History  and  Political  Science 

The  Department  of  History  and  Political  Science  is  a  dual  department,  but 
each  curriculum  is  distinct  and  taught  separately.  By  examination  of  hum.an 
behavior  of  the  past,  the  study  of  history  can  help  human  beings  to  a  better 
understanding  of  themselves  and  others.  Political  science  deals  with  the 
political  behavior  of  individuals,  groups,  institutions,  and  nations. 

The  Department  encourages  supervised  academic  and  field  experience  in  a 
variety  of  internships  in  related  work.  Interns  earn  between  1  and  15  credit 
hours. 


53 


DEGREES:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  history  or  political  science. 

MAJORS:  (History)  HI  125,  1  26,  2 1  3,  499,  and  500;  one  course  from  among 
HI  225,  227,  229,  241-249,  and  310;  two  courses  from  among  HI  201-209, 
331  -339,  and  341  -349;  three  elective  courses  in  history  and  one  in  political 
science,  for  a  total  of  36  hours.  (Political  Science)  PS  111/112,210,  220,  230, 
240,  and  310;  five  courses  from  among  PS  312,  315,  316,  320,  330,  350,  400, 
4 1 5,  and  500;  and  HI  1 25  or  1 26,  for  a  total  of  39  hours. 


Courses  in  History 

125/126.  Survey  of  United  States  History  I,  II.  The  first  semester  covers 
the  development  of  America  to  1865,  the  second  semester  from  1865  to  the 
present.  3  credits  per  semester. 

191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

201  -209.  Epochs  of  the  Past.  In  successive  years  this  course  will  cover 
Greek  and  Roman  History  (the  origins,  structures,  and  values  of  Greek  and 
Roman  societies  from  1  200  B.C.  to  500  A.D.);  The  Middle  Ages  (the  emer- 
gence of  European  society  from  500  to  1  300  A.D.,  emphasizing  social  and 
intellectual  life);  Early  Modern  Europe  (the  emergence  of  a  secular  society  of 
science,  liberty,  and  national  states).  3  credits. 

213.  History  and  Historians.     An  investigation  of  the  lives  and  ideas  of  the 
great  historians.  3  credits. 

225.  The  Colonies  and  the  American  Revolution.  A  study  of  how  Euro- 
peans seized  the  New  World,  transformed  themselves  into  Americans,  and 
fought  to  build  a  republic  in  a  world  of  monarchy.  3  credits. 

227.  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction.     A  study  of  how  sectional  divisions 
plunged  Americans  into  a  bloody  war  and  a  bitter  postwar  effort  to  reshape 
Southern  society.  3  credits. 

229.  America  in  the  Atomic  Age.     The  impact  of  world  war,  cold  war, 
social  change,  and  international  responsibilities  upon  America  in  the  modern 
age.  3  credits. 

241  -249.  American  Regional  Studies.     The  history  of  one  geographic 
region  from  colonial  days  to  the  present.  In  successive  years  the  course  will 
cover  Pennsylvania  history,  the  frontier,  and  the  South.  3  credits. 

291-298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

310.  American  Business  History.    A  survey  of  the  lives  and  ideas  of 
business  leaders,  the  development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the  rela- 

54 


tionship  between  business,  society,  and  government,  from  colonial  days  to 
the  Twentieth  Century.  3  credits. 

331  -339.  European  Studies.     Thematic  treatments  of  European  history, 
focusing  on  one  topic  per  semester.  3  credits  per  semester. 

341  -349.  Regional  Studies.     An  in-depth  study  of  the  histories  of  various 
important  regions  of  the  world.  In  successive  years  this  course  will  cover 
Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union,  and  the  Far  East.  3  credits  per  semester. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Supervised  academic  and  field  experience.  Participants 
will  be  selected  by  members  of  the  department  staff.  3-6  credits  per  semes- 
ter; maximum  of  15  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

499.  Seminar.     Readings,  discussions,  and  evaluations  of  significant  works 
of  history.  Open  to  history  majors;  open  to  others  by  permission.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Permission  required.  1  -3  credits  per  semester; 
maximum  of  9  credits. 

Courses  in  Political  Science 

1 10.  American  Political  Culture.     A  study  of  the  ideas  and  values  that 
shape  the  structure  and  institutions  of  the  American  political  system.  3  credits. 

111/112.  American  National  Government  1,  II.     In  the  first  semester  the 
following  are  covered:  the  nature  of  American  democracy,  constitutional 
foundations  of  American  government,  the  federal  system,  civil  rights  and 
liberties,  political  behavior,  political  parties,  and  campaigns  and  elections. 
The  following  are  studied  in  the  second  semester:  the  structures  and  func- 
tions of  American  government  (Presidency,  Congress,  courts,  and  bureauc- 
racy), and  the  foreign  and  domestic  policy-making  process.  3  credits  per 
semester. 

191  -  198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

210.  Comparative  Government.     A  comparative  study  of  important 
political  systems  of  the  world,  including  an  introduction  to  the  basic  meth- 
odologies. PS  1  I  I/l  12  strongly  recommended  as  preparation.  3  credits. 

216.  Quantitative  Methods.     See  PSY  216  3  credits 

220.  Political  Theory.     A  survey  of  the  different  philosophies  and  theories 
of  government,  ancient  and  modern,  but  especially  since  the  Sixteenth 
Century.  Prerequisite:  PS  111/112.  3  credits. 


55 


230,  International  Politics.     The  origin,  forms,  dynamics,  and  prospects  of 
the  international  political  pattern,  with  emphasis  on  current  developments 
and  changing  concepts  in  world  politics.  3  credits. 

240.  Public  Administration.     An  examination  of  the  structures  through 
which  governments  try  to  carry  out  their  policies.  The  course  covers  both  the 
practical  matters  of  accountability  and  efficiency,  and  the  analytical  concerns 
of  organizational  theory  and  bureaucratic  culture.  3  credits. 

291-298.  Special  Topics.     1-6  credits. 

310.  Scope  and  Methods  of  Political  Science.     A  course  in  the  conduct 
and  interpretation  of  research  in  political  science.  Topics  covered  include 
formulation  of  a  research  problem,  research  design,  techniques  of  scaling  and 
measurement,  data  collection  and  analysis,  and  writing  the  research  report. 
Prerequisite:  permission;  MA  170,  elementary  statistics,  is  strongly  recom- 
mended. 3  credits. 

312.  American  Foreign  Policy.     A  survey  of  the  external  relations  of  the 
American  government,  emphasizing  Twentieth  Century  developments. 
Subjects  include  diplomacy,  military  affairs,  geographic  and  regional  prob- 
lems, trade  and  aid,  technology  and  underdevelopment,  alliances,  nuclear 
problems,  and  opposing  ideologies.  PS  111/112  strongly  recommended  as 
preparation.  3  credits. 

315.  American  Constitutional  Law  I.     The  development  of  American 
constitutional  law  from  1776  to  1947.  Topics  include  judicial  review,  national 
supremacy,  private  property,  contracts,  commerce  powers,  equal  rights,  and 
civil  liberties.  Required  of  all  pre-law  students.  3  credits. 

316.  American  Constitutional  Law  II.     The  development  of  American 
constitutional  law  from  1947  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is  given  to  civil 
liberties,  equal  rights,  and  rights  of  the  accused,  with  some  treatment  of 
presidential  powers,  the  commerce  clause,  and  the  contract  clause.  Required 
of  all  pre-law  students.  3  credits. 

320.  Electoral  Politics.     The  dynamics  of  the  electoral  process,  with 
emphasis  on  presidential  and  congressional  elections,  and  including  the  role 
of  parties,  public  opinion,  and  interest  groups.  3  credits. 

330.  State  and  Local  Government.     This  course  covers  the  governmental 
institutions  and  political  characteristics  of  state  and  local  political  systems, 
and  the  major  inter-governmental  problems  in  state  and  local  relations  with 
the  federal  government.  3  credits. 

350.  Select  Problems.     A  course  to  give  students  a  chance  to  explore  in 
depth  a  topic  of  special  interest.  3  credits. 

56 


391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Supervised  academic  and  field  experience.  Prerequisite: 
PS  111/112  and  permission.  3-6  credits  per  semester;  maximum  of  1  5  credits. 

415.  Foundations  of  American  Law.     An  historical  survey  of  the  Western 
legal  tradition  from  classical  times  through  the  Eighteenth  Century.  The 
course  examines  conceptions  of  English  common  law  and  its  relationship  to 
the  evolution  of  American  law.  Strongly  recommended  for  pre-law  students. 
Prerequisite:  permission.  3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     Permission  required.  1  -3  credits  per  semester; 
maximum  of  9. 


Hospitality  Programs 

The  programs  in  food  service  administration,  hotel  administration,  and  travel 
administration  are  designed  for  people  who  wish  to  prepare  for  positions  of 
responsibility  in  the  hospitality  industry.  Each  program  provides  students 
with  the  theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  necessary  for  promotion  to 
supervisory-level  positions.  In  addition,  students  have  the  opportunity  to 
apply  training  and  concepts  learned  in  the  classroom  to  work  experience  in 
actual  industry  settings.  Each  program  can  normally  be  completed  in  four 
semesters  of  full-time  study. 

Food  Service  Administration 

DEGREE:  A.A.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  food  service  administration. 

MAJOR:  30  credits  of  FS  courses,  including  FS  100,  101,  102,  200,  203,  204, 
205,  and  207:  AC  151;  EN  111,  210;  GE  120,  140;  MA  100  or  equivalent; 
MG  100,  371;  PH  260;  PSY  100. 

Courses  in  Food  Service  Administration 

100.  Introduction  to  Foods  and  Nutrition.     A  study  of  the  basic  food 
groups  and  the  factors  that  affect  nutrient  content.  The  course  surveys  the 
biological  basis  of  human  digestion;  preparation  of  food  for  optimum 
nutrition,  flavor,  and  appearance;  and  the  nutritional  health  of  human  beings 
as  related  to  food  and  metabolism.  3  credits. 


57 


101.  Dining  Service  Procedures.  An  introduction  to  the  various  aspects 
of  dining  room  operation.  The  course  covers  the  essentials  of  table  service 
the  needs  of  patrons,  the  duties  of  staff  personnel,  and  the  responsibilities  i 
supervisors.  3  credits. 

102.  Food  Sanitation  and  Safety.     A  survey  of  federal,  state,  and  local 
regulations  governing  food  service.  The  course  covers  the  identification  of 
food-borne  diseases  and  methods  of  prevention  and  control,  as  well  as 
principles  of  health,  hygiene,  and  safety  related  to  food  handling.  Emphasi 
is  on  practical  application.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  course  should 
qualify  the  student  for  required  certification  by  the  NSF.  3  credits. 

1 9 1  - 1 98.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits. 

200.  Internship.     1-12  credits 

203.  Quantity  Food  Purchasing.     Principles  of  bid  preparation,  specifica- 
tion, purchasing,  sanitation,  and  storage  of  commodities  for  food  service 
installations.  3  credits. 

204.  Supervision  and  Training.  Concepts  and  methods  of  employee 
supervision  and  development.  The  emphasis  is  on  supervisory  practice,  pei 
sonnel  administration,  law  and  labor  relations,  and  concepts  of  organizatic 
as  applied  to  the  hospitality  and  travel  industries.  Subjects  include  interpei 
sonal  skills  in  communication  and  group  interaction;  motivation;  incentive 
systems;  performance  evaluation;  and  the  development,  implementation, 
and  evaluation  of  training  programs.  3  credits. 

205.  Food  Service  Planning,  Layout  and  Equipment.     A  survey  of  the 
principles  involved  in  the  layout,  design,  and  selection  of  equipment  for 
quantity  food  service  installations.  3  credits. 

206.  Executive  Development.     The  theory  and  practice  of  leadership  as 
applied  to  the  hospitality  and  travel  industries.  3  credits. 

207.  Advanced  Food  Production  Management.     Principles  and  problem 
of  organization  and  administration  related  to  quality  food  service.  The 
emphasis  is  on  the  practical  application  of  management  principles  to  meal 
service  and  special  functions.  Prerequisites:  FS  100,  101,  102,  203,  204,  20' 
or  permission.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 

Hotel  Administration 

DEGREE:  A.A.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Hotel  Administration. 

MAJOR:  30  credits  of  HA  courses,  including  HA  100,  101,  102,  200,  203,  20 

58 


and  205;  AC  151;  EN  1  1  1,  210;  GE  140;  MA  100  or  equivalent;  MG  100, 
371  +  PH  260,  plus  6  hours  of  electives  in  approved  area. 


Courses  in  Hotel  Administration 

100.  Introduction  to  the  Hospitality  Industry.     The  history,  organization, 
problems,  opportunities,  and  trends  of  the  industry.  The  emphasis  is  on  the 
operating  departments  of  hotels,  restaurants,  and  institutions,  including 
basic  functions,  procedures,  and  the  management  of  personnel  and  re- 
sources. 3  credits. 

101.  Client  Services.     Responsibilities  of  the  front  office  staff,  including 
sales  and  promotion,  reservations  and  registration,  financial  control  and  ac- 
counting techniques,  processing  of  mail  and  information,  and  emergency 
procedures.  3  credits. 

102.  Food  and  Beverage  Management.     The  essential  principles  of 
planning,  preparation,  and  service  of  food  and  beverage.  Subjects  addressed 
include  standards  of  quality  and  grade,  purchasing,  yields,  costing  of  mate- 
rials and  labor,  sanitation,  nutrition,  safety,  regulatory  and  legal  aspects,  and 
quality  control.  3  credits. 

191  -  198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

200.  Internship.     1-12  credits 

203.  Facilities  Management.     The  management  of  facilities  essential  to 
the  hospitality  industry.  Subjects  included,  among  others,  are  maintenance, 
basic  engineering  systems  and  principles,  work  schedules,  energy  conserva- 
tion, and  cost  control.  3  credits. 

204.  Supervision  and  Training.     Concepts  and  methods  of  employee 
supervision  and  development.  Emphasis  is  on  supervisory  practice,  person- 
nel administration,  law  and  labor  relations,  and  concepts  of  organization  as 
applied  to  the  hospitality  and  travel  industries.  Subjects  include  interper- 
sonal skills  in  communication  and  group  interaction;  motivation  and  incen- 
tive systems;  performance  evaluation;  and  the  development,  implementa- 
tion, and  evaluation  of  training  programs.  3  credits. 

205.  Hospitality  and  Travel  Marketing.     Marketing  concepts  and  prac- 
tices. Subjects  include  market  analysis,  marketing  media,  merchandising  and 
promotion,  incentives,  group  and  individual  sales,  packaging,  pricing,  and 
relations  with  clients.  3  credits. 


59 


206.  Executive  Development.     The  theory  and  practice  of  leadership  as 
applied  to  the  hospitality  and  travel  industries.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 


Travel  Administration 

DEGREE  A.A.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  travel  administration. 

MAJOR:  24  credits  of  Travel  Administration  courses,  including  TA  100,  101, 
102,  200,  204,  and  205;  AC  151;  EN  1 1 1 ,  210;  GE  140;  9  credits  from  among 
GE  120,  Geo  112,  FL  260,  HI  125,  RE  140,  AR  203;  MA  100  or  equivalent; 
MG  371 ;  PH  260;  and  6  credits  of  a  foreign  language  (6  credits  in  one  lan- 
guage or  3  credits  in  each  of  two  languages). 

Courses  in  Travel  Administration 

100.  Introduction  to  the  Travel  and  Tourism  Industry.     The  history, 
organization,  problems,  opportunities,  and  trends  of  the  industry.  The  em- 
phasis is  on  the  basic  functions,  procedures,  and  management  of  personnel 
and  resources  in  travel  agencies,  convention  and  tourist  bureaus,  and 
ticketing  operations.  3  credits. 

101.  Ticketing  and  Reservations.     Fundamentals  of  preparing  domestic 
and  international  reservations,  computing  fares,  and  issuing  tickets.  The 
course  includes  a  study  of  relations  with  clients,  handling  and  accounting  of 
revenues,  and  an  introduction  to  computerized  operations.  3  credits. 

102.  Tour  Planning.     Fundamentals  of  assisting  clients  in  planning  domes- 
tic and  foreign  itineraries.  The  course  includes  terminology;  booking  trans- 
portation by  air,  sea,  or  land;  booking  accommodations;  arranging  surface 
travel  and  transfers;  arranging  and  packaging  independent  and  escorted 
tours.  3  credits. 

191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

200.  Internships.     1-12  credits. 

204.  Supervision  and  Training.     Concepts  and  methods  of  employee 
supervision  and  development.  The  emphasis  is  on  supervisory  practice,  per- 
sonnel administration,  law  and  labor  relations,  and  concepts  of  organization 
as  applied  to  the  hospitality  and  travel  industries.  Subjects  include  interper- 
sonal skills  in  communication  and  group  interaction;  motivation;  incentive 


60 


systems;  performance  evaluation;  and  the  development,  implementation, 
and  evaluation  of  training  programs.  3  credits. 

205.  Hospitality  and  Travel  Marketing.     Marketing  concepts  and  prac- 
tices. Subjects  include  market  analysis,  marketing  media,  merchandising  and 
promotion,  incentives,  group  and  individual  sales,  packaging,  pricing,  and 
relations  with  clients.  3  credits. 

206.  Executive  development.     The  theory  and  practice  of  leadership  as 
applied  to  the  hospitality  and  travel  industries.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 


International  Business 

The  program  in  international  business  provides  an  opportunity  to  integrate 
the  study  of  business  with  the  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  and  culture.  It 
is  designed  to  equip  students  with  the  background  and  skills  necessary  to 
work  with  foreign  corporations  within  the  United  States  and  with  American 
corporations  abroad.  While  acquiring  a  strong  liberal  arts  background, 
students  who  elect  this  major  will  receive  training  in  accounting,  manage- 
ment, economics  and  political  science.  They  also  will  become  familiar  with  a 
foreign  culture  and  will  acquire  proficiency  in  French,  German  or  Spanish. 
International  business  majors  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  internships  in 
order  to  gain  valuable  field  experience. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  international  business. 

MAJOR:  AC  151,  152;  MG  330,  361,  376;  EC  110,  120,  332;  PS  210,  230;  FR, 
GER,  SP  315,  316;  and  two  other  courses  in  the  selected  foreign  language 
above  the  intermediate  level  (201 ,  202),  for  a  total  of  42  hours. 


Management 

The  Department  of  Management  offers  programs  of  study  designed  to 
provide  majors  in  accounting,  management,  and  economics  with  a  broad 
iberal  education  that  will  enable  graduates  to  play  a  more  active  role  in  the 
zhanging  world  of  ideas  and  actions,  prepared  with  a  sound  and  integrated 
knowledge  of  the  essential  principles  and  problems  of  accounting,  manage- 
Tient  and  economics. 


Regardless  of  major,  a  set  of  core  courses  is  required  for  all,  to  ensure  that 
everyone  will  have  a  common  framework  of  reference  as  well  as  common 
tools  of  analysis  to  pursue  special  interests  within  the  particular  major. 
Within  the  department,  three  advising  concentrations  are  also  offered:  busi- 
ness information  systems  (computer  applications  in  business),  marketing, 
and  human  resource  management.  These  courses  are  in  addition  to  the 
major  requirements. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  accounting  or  management  or  economics. 

Department  Core  Requirements:  AC  1  5 1 ,  1  52;  EC  1 1 0,  1  20,  MG  222,  330, 
485:  EN  210;  CS  147  or  CS  170;  MA  150  or  160  or  161  or  1  11;  MA  170  or 
270  or  372;  PSY  100. 

Accounting:  core  plus  AC  251,  252,  353,  451,  455,  MG  361,  371,  460,  plus  3 
additional  credit  hours  in  accounting. 

Management:  core  plus  MG  100,  340,  361,  460,  483. 

Economics:  core  plus  EC  201,  203,  312,  plus  6  additional  credit  hours  in 
Economics. 

Advising  Concentrations:  (Business  Information  Systems)  CS  147  or  CS  170; 
CS  244,  345,  plus  9  credits  in  CS  courses  at  the  300/400  level.  (Marketing) 
MG  341,  364,  366,  384,  EC  201,  SO  251.  (Human  Resource  Management) 
MG  420,  415,  HI  310,  SO  110,  and  PSY  346  or  SO  251. 

Courses  in  Accounting 

151,  152.  Principles  of  Accounting  I,  II.     The  fundamental  principles  and 
concepts  of  accounting  involving  business  transactions,  the  accounting 
cycle,  and  classified  financial  statements  including  discussion  of  various 
topics  relating  to  items  on  the  balance  sheet  and  income  statement.  AC  1 52 
includes  financial  accounting  as  applied  to  partnerships  and  corporations. 
The  course  is  also  an  introduction  to  managerial  accounting  topics.  3  credits 
per  semester. 

191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

251.  Intermediate  Accounting  I.     An  advanced  course  in  accounting 
principles,  stressing  the  environment  and  the  conceptual  framework  of  finan- 
cial accounting,  statement  presentation,  revenue  recognition,  and  valuation 
problems  in  accounting  for  assets.  Prerequisite:  AC  152.  3  credits. 

252.  Intermediate  Accounting  II.     An  analysis  of  financial  statements, 
effects  of  errors  and  changes  on  statements,  preparation  of  funds  flow 
statement,  and  valuation  problems  in  accounting  for  liabilities  (including 

62 


specialized  issues  of  accounting  for  leases  and  pensions)  and  stockholders' 
equity.  Prerequisite:  AC  251,  3  credits. 

292-298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

351.  Advanced  Accounting.     A  study  of  partnerships,  installment  sales, 
consignment  sales,  home-branch  office  relationships,  business  combinations, 
special  problems  of  consolidations,  foreign  subsidiaries  and  branches,  and 
fiduciary  accounting.  Prerequisite;  AC  252.  3  credits. 

352.  Government  and  Non-Profit  Accounting.     Basic  concepts  of  fund 
and  budgetary  accounting  used  for  the  financial  activities  of  federal,  state, 
and  local  government  units;  systems  for  achieving  accounting  and  adminis- 
trative controls  for  service  organizations,  such  as  hospitals,  educational 
institutions,  and  other  non-profit  organizations.  Prerequisite:  AC  152.  3 
credits. 

353.  Cost  Accounting.     The  accumulation  and  recording  of  the  costs 
associated  with  the  manufacturing  operation  including  job-order,  process 
and  standard  cost  systems,  and  joint  and  by-product  costing.  Prerequisite: 
AC  152.  3  credits. 

354.  Advanced  Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting.     Topics  covered 
include  budgeting,  cost-volume-profit  analysis,  decision  models,  pricing 
decisions,  and  segmental  analysis.  Prerequisite:  AC  353.  3  credits. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Field  experience  in  a  business,  government,  or  other 
organization.  Ordinarily  for  juniors  or  seniors  only.  Prerequisite:  G.P.A.  of  2.5 
in  major  and  permission  of  department  chairman.  1-15  credits. 

451.  Individual  Income  Tax  Accounting.     Analysis  of  the  federal  income 
tax  laws  as  they  apply  to  individuals;  case  problems,  preparation  of  returns. 
Prerequisite:  AC  152.  3  credits. 

452.  Corporate  Income  Tax.     Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  as 
they  apply  to  corporations,  partnerships  and  fiduciaries;  case  problems, 
preparation  of  returns.  Prerequisite:  AC  451.  3  credits. 

455.  Auditing.     A  study  of  the  process  of  evaluation  of  internal  controls 
and  interpretation  of  financial  information  in  order  for  an  auditor  to  express 
a  professional  opinion  on  financial  reports.  Prerequisite:  AC  252.  3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     A  course  to  allow  the  student  to  investigate  an 
accounting  subject  not  incorporated  into  the  curriculum.  Ordinarily  for 
uniors  or  seniors  only.  By  permission  of  department  chairman.  1  -6  credits. 

63 


Courses  in  Management 

100.  Business  and  Its  Environment.     A  survey  course  investigating  selected 
components  of  the  macro-environment  which  surround  any  organization  — 
profit  and  nonprofit  —  and  which  have  a  growing  impact  on  managerial 
processes  and  functions.  Specifically  examines  changing  business  values,  the 
impact  of  rapidly  changing  technology,  business  ethics,  government-busi- 
ness relations,  and  rapidly  shifting  societal  and  political  expectations  and  in- 
fluences as  they  affect  such  organizations.  3  credits. 

191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

222.  Quantitative  Methods.     An  introduction  to  some  of  the  quantitative 
methods  used  in  modern  management  science  and  economics.  Topics 
include  probability  concepts,  forecasting,  decision  theory,  linear  program- 
ming, queuing  theory,  network  models,  and  Markov  analysis.  Prerequisites: 
MA  150  and  170.  3  credits. 

250.  Real  Estate  I.     Examination  of  real  estate  and  the  market  forces 
affecting  it:  finance,  sales,  and  brokerage  operations.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

330.  Principles  of  Management  and  Organizations.     A  study  of  manage- 
ment principles,  organizational  theory,  and  administrative  techniques  as 
they  apply  to  the  effective  and  efficient  operation  of  both  profit  and  non- 
profit organizations.  Emphasizes  the  organization's  structure,  leadership,  in- 
terpersonal relationships,  and  managerial  functions.  Incorporates  compara- 
tive management  operations  within  the  international  context.  Prerequisite: 
junior  standing  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

340.  Principles  of  Marketing.     An  overview  of  marketing  from  the  man- 
agement perspective.  Topics  include  marketing  strategies;  marketing  re- 
search; consumer  behavior;  selecting  target  markets;  developing,  pricing, 
distributing,  and  promoting  products;  services  and  non-profit  marketing. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

341 .  Consumer  Behavior.     Analysis  of  factors  affecting  purchase  decisions 
in  the  marketplace;  application  of  behavioral  and  social  science  concepts  to 
the  study  of  consumer  behavior.  Emphasis  on  use  of  knowledge  of  consumer 
behavior  for  marketing  decisions.  Prerequisite:  MG  330  and  MG  340,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

350.  Organizational  Behavior  and  Development.     A  detailed  study  of 
theories  and  models  of  organizational  behavior  and  development,  with 
emphasis  on  the  practical  application  of  these  models  in  the  workplace  to 

64 


I 


improve  individual,  group,  and  organizational  performance.  Prerequisite: 
junior  standing  and  MG  330,  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

361.  Corporation  Finance,     A  study  of  financial  management  covering 
analysis  of  asset,  liability  and  capital  relationships  and  operations;  manage- 
ment of  current  assets,  working  capital,  cash,  liquid  assets,  receivables, 
inventory;  capital  planning  and  budgeting;  capital  structure  and  dividend 
policy;  short-  and  intermediate-term  financing;  long-term  financing,  external 
and  internal;  mergers  and  acquisitions;  multinational  operations;  and 
corporation  failures  and  liquidation.  Prerequisite:  AC  151,  152;  EC  110,  120; 
MG  222;  MA  1  50,  1 70;  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

362.  Investments.     An  analysis  of  investment  and  its  relation  to  other 
economic,  legal,  and  social  institutions.  The  course  includes  discussion  of 
investment  principles,  machinery,  policy,  management,  investment  types, 
and  the  development  of  portfolios  for  individuals  and  institutions.  Prerequi- 
site: MG  361.  3  credits. 

364.  Advertising.     A  study  of  the  role  of  advertising.  The  course  includes 
analyses  of  various  media  in  retail  and  industrial  settings,  the  organization 
and  function  of  advertising  agencies  and  departments,  and  creativity  in 
various  media.  Prerequisite:  MG  340.  3  credits. 

366.  Retail  Management.     Analysis  of  retail  institutions  with  regard  to 
market  structure,  store  development,  merchandising,  staffing,  promotion, 
customer  service,  record  keeping,  and  security.  Prerequisite:  MG  340.  3  credits. 

371/372.  Business  Law  1,  II.     Elementary  principles  of  law  as  they  relate  to 
the  field  of  business.  The  course  covers  contracts,  agency,  employment, 
commercial  paper,  personal  property,  sales,  security  devices,  insurance,  part- 
nerships, corporation,  real  estate,  estates,  bankruptcy,  and  government 
regulations.  3  credits  per  semester.  Prerequisites:  AC  151  and  152  highly 
recommended. 

376.  International  Business  Management.     A  study  of  the  management 
techniques  and  procedures  necessary  in  international  and  multinational 
organizations.  Prerequisite:  MG  340.  3  credits. 

380.  Small  Business  Management.     A  study  of  small  business,  including 
organization,  staffing,  production,  marketing,  and  profit  planning.  Cases  are 
used  extensively  in  presenting  the  course  material.  Prerequisites:  AC  152 
and  MG  330,  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

384.  Marketing  Research.     An  introduction  to  the  methodology  of  mar- 
keting research.  Specific  topics  covered  include  problem  formulation, 
research  design,  sample  design,  data  collection,  analysis  and  interpretation 


65 


of  data,  and  presentation  of  research  findings.  Prerequisites;  MG  330  and 
340.  3  credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Field  experience  in  a  business,  government  or  other 
organization.  Ordinarily  for  juniors  or  seniors  only.  By  permission  of  depart- 
ment chairman.  1  -  1  5  credits. 

420.  Personnel  Management.     This  course  examines  the  problems  in 
effectively  recruiting,  selecting,  training,  developing,  compensating,  and  dis- 
ciplining human  resources;  it  includes  both  equal  employment  opportunity 
and  labor-management  relations.  Prerequisite;  G.P.A.  of  2.75  in  major,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

425.  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations.     Emphasis  on  the  origin,  growth,  and 
development  of  labor  organizations  and  the  impact  of  such  organizations  on 
management  practices.  Topics  included  are;  legislation  affecting  industrial 
relations;  collective  bargaining  process;  contract  administration;  industrial 
jurisprudence;  and  arbitration.  Prerequisite;  MG  330  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

460.  Management  Information  Systems.     Examines  data  sources  and  the 
role  of  information  in  the  organization  for  purposes  of  management  plan- 
ning, operations,  and  control  in  various  types  of  business  environments. 
Treats  information  as  a  key  organizational  resource  parallel  to  people, 
money,  materials,  and  technology.  Views  information  and  its  uses  within  a 
general  systems  framework.  Prerequisite;  AC  152;  CS  147  or  170;  MG  330  or 
permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

483.  Production  and  Operations  Management.     An  overview  of  the 
production/operations  management  function  as  applied  to  both  manufac- 
turing and  service  organizations.  It  provides  a  background  of  the  concepts 
and  processes  used  in  the  production/service  operations  area.  Integrated 
throughout  are  considerations  of  the  information  systems,  the  people 
involved,  the  quantitative  techniques  employed,  and  the  international  impli- 
cations. Prerequisite;  MG  222,  330  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

485.  Business  Policy.     A  capstone  course  to  study  administrative  processes 
under  conditions  of  uncertainty,  integrating  prior  studies  in  management, 
accounting,  and  economics.  Uses  the  case  method  and  a  computer  manage- 
ment simulation.  Prerequisite;  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 
66 


500.  Independent  Study.     A  course  to  allow  the  student  to  investigate  a 
management  subject  not  incorporated  into  the  curriculum.  Ordinarily  for 
juniors  or  seniors  only.  By  permission  of  department  chairman.  1  -6  credits. 


Courses  in  Economics 

100.  Basic  Economics.     An  introductory  study  of  the  historical,  cultural 
and  theoretical  basis  of  economics.  A  survey  of  economic  decision-making 
tools  and  applications.  Areas  surveyed  include:  economic  systems,  allocation 
of  resources,  inflation,  employment  and  national  income  policies  and 
international  trade.  Not  for  management,  economics  or  accounting  majors.  3 
credits. 

1 10.  Principles  of  Economics  1.     An  introductory  study  of  economic 
principles  and  the  American  economy,  with  emphasis  on  the  elementary 
concepts  of  national  income,  price  level,  business  fluctuations,  banking, 
money  supply,  and  economic  growth.  3  credits. 

120.  Principles  of  Economics  11.     An  introductory  study  of  economic 
principles  and  the  American  economy,  with  emphasis  on  the  elementary 
concepts  of  the  consumption  function,  production  function,  product  pricing, 
factor  pricing,  resource  allocation,  labor  economics,  public  finance,  and 
international  economics.  3  credits. 

130.  Economics  of  Public  Issues.     A  survey  and  economic  analysis  of 
public  issues.  3  credits. 

191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

201.  Microeconomic  Analysis.     Managerial  and  economic  decision-making 
of  business  firms,  with  emphasis  on  sales,  costs,  profit,  and  resource  alloca- 
tion. The  course  provides  a  study  of  the  tools  of  analysis,  with  stress  on 
computer  programming.  Prerequisites:  EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

203.  Macroeconomic  Analysis.     A  study  of  contemporary  theories  of  the 
macro-economy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  policy  applications  of  the  models. 
Prerequisites:  EC  1  10  and  120.  3  credits. 

29 1  -  298.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

312,  Money  and  Banking.     Nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit.  The 
course  includes  the  development  and  role  of  commercial  and  central  bank- 
ing and  structure  and  functions  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  as  well  as 
monetary  and  banking  theory,  policy,  and  practice.  Prerequisites:  EC  1  10  and 
120.  3  credits. 


67 


321.  Public  Finance.     A  study  of  the  economic  functioning  of  government, 
including  public  sector  efficiency,  principles  of  taxation,  influence  of  public 
policy,  and  economic  and  social  aspects  of  public  spending.  Prerequisites: 
EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

332.  International  Economics.    A  study  of  theories  and  empirical  analysis 
of  international  economic  relations.  Topics  include  analyses  of  free  ex- 
change of  goods,  factors,  and  money;  restrictive  trade  policies;  and  freer 
economic  practices.  Prerequisites:  EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.     Field  experience  in  a  business,  government  or  other 
organization.  Ordinarily  for  juniors  or  seniors  only.  Prerequisite:  G.P.A.  of 
2.75  in  major  and  permission  of  department  chairman.  1-15  credits. 

401.  History  of  Economic  Thought.     The  evolution  of  economic  thought 
through  the  principal  schools  from  mercantilism  to  the  present.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  analysis  of  the  various  theories  of  value,  wages,  interest,  rent, 
profit,  price  level,  business  cycles,  and  employment,  and  to  the  influences  of 
earlier  economic  ideas  upon  current  thinking  and  policy-making.  Prerequi- 
sites: EC  1 10  and  120.  3  credits. 

411.  Economic  Growth  and  Development.     Analysis  of  classical  and 
modern  theories  and  models  of  economic  growth;  study  of  theory  and  impli- 
cations of  alternative  development  policies.  Prerequisites:  EC  1 10  and  120.  3 

credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     A  course  to  allow  the  student  to  investigate  an 
economic  subject  not  incorporated  into  the  curriculum.  Ordinarily  for  juniors 
or  seniors  only.  By  permission  of  department  chairman.  1  -6  credits. 

Mathematical  Sciences 

The  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  offers  major  programs  in  actuarial 
science,  computer  information  systems,  computer  science,  and  mathematics, 
as  well  as  a  concentration  in  operations  research.  The  major  in  mathematics 
can  be  tailored  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  school,  secondary  school 
teaching,  work  in  business  or  industry,  or  to  dovetail  with  a  second  major  in 
another  department. 

A  rigorous  study  of  mathematics  is  the  common  foundation  of  the  majors  in 
actuarial  science,  computer  science  and  mathematics.  The  structure  of  the 

68 


required  core  courses  allows  each  student  complete  flexibility  in  choice  of 
one  of  the  three  majors,  usually  by  the  end  of  the  second  year  of  study.  The 
major  in  computer  information  systems  substitutes  an  applications  area,  of 
the  students  choice,  in  place  of  the  strong  mathematics  core.  A  strong  effort 
is  made  not  to  differentiate  among  the  students  in  the  department  by  majors. 

The  major  in  actuarial  science  is  unique.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the  only 
four-year  college  east  of  the  Mississippi  which  offers  courses  specifically 
designed  to  prepare  for  the  first  four  examinations  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries 
and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society.  Independent  study  offers  the  opportunity 
to  work  towards  Exam  5  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries. 

The  major  programs  in  computer  information  systems  and  in  computer 
science  implement  the  recommendations  of  the  Association  for  Computing 
Machinery  and  of  the  Data  Processing  Management  Association.  PASCAL, 
BASIC-PLUS,  FORTRAN  and  COBOL  are  taught  and  used  in  a  broad  range  of 
courses  in  scientific  computing  and  in  business  applications  of  computer 
methods.  Other  languages  such  as  ADA,  C,  Forth,  and  Lisp,  are  available. 
Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  microcomputers  and  on  computer  graphics. 
The  computer  science  laboratory  is  equipped  with  microcomputers,  a  PDP 
1 1/40,  and  various  other  pieces  of  hardware  including  equipment  with 
graphics  capability.  A  unique  computer  science  lecture  room  facilitates  pre- 
sentation of  the  various  languages  and  computer  techniques.  Terminals  are 
located  in  the  laboratory  and  the  computer  center,  which  operates  a  powerful 
version  of  the  PDP  1 1/70  for  academic  and  administrative  support.  Other 
equipment  is  located  throughout  the  campus,  including  both  terminals  and 
microcomputers.  A  college  micro-computer  lab  includes  Apple  lie  and 
IBM-PC  microcomputers  as  well  as  Zenith  150  microcomputers  with  10 
mega-byte  hard  disks. 

DEGREES:  B.S.  with  a  major  in  mathematics;  B.S.  with  a  major  in  actuarial 
science;  B.S.  with  a  major  in  computer  information  systems;  B.S.  with  a 
major  in  computer  science. 

MAJORS:  Core  requirements  for  actuarial  science,  computer  science  and 
mathematics  MA  1 1  1 ,  112,  202,  21  1,  222  and  CS  147,  plus  additional 
requirements  by  major. 

Mathematics:  Core  plus  15  hours  in  courses  numbered  above  300. 

Actuarial  Science:  Core  plus  MA  335,  371,  372,  463,  471;  AS  385,  481,  482; 
AC  151,  1  52;  EC  110,  1  20;  also  Exam  1  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries  must  be 
passed  by  the  fall  of  the  senior  year. 

Computer  Information  Systems:  CS  147,  248,  243,  244,  345,  346  (18  hours) 


69 


and  one  CS  course  numbered  above  400  (three  hours)  or  six-hour  internship. 
MA  150,  170  and  MA  160,  161  or  111.  EN  210  or  216.  Five  courses  num- 
bered above  200,  approved  by  the  advisor,  in  an  applications  field  of  interest. 

Computer  Science:  Core  plus  two  courses  from  among  MA  270,  322,  411, 
OR  335,  336.  The  following  computer  science  courses:  one  from  CS  242,  243, 
or  244;  three  additional  computer  science  courses  numbered  above  300 
including  at  least  one  numbered  above  400;  EN  216  and  PSY  337. 

Concentration  in  Operations  Research:  Satisfying  the  major  in  mathematics 
but  specifically  including  MA  371,  372,  OR  335,  336  and  one  computer 
science  course  numbered  above  300.  Students  interested  in  an  individualized 
major  additionally  should  select  courses  from  the  following:  MG  180,  EC 
201,  EN  216,  PH  228,  and  PSY  337. 

Courses  in  Mathematics 

100.  Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics  with  Computers.     A  study  of  a 
variety  of  topics  from  mathematics  and  the  use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool. 
Topics  include:  patterns  and  inductive  reasoning,  calculators,  number  • 
systems,  nature  of  algebra,  interest,  installment  buying,  m.etric  system, 
geometric  concepts,  computer  word  processing,  and  writing  a  computer 
program.  3  credits. 

102.  Algebra  and  Trigonometry.     An  introduction  to  college  algebra  and 
trigonometry.  Algebraic  expressions  and  equations,  inequalities,  absolute 
value,  exponents,  logarithms,  functional  notation,  graphs  of  functions, 
systems  of  equations,  modeling  and  word  problems.  Angular  measurement, 
trigonometric  functions,  identities,  formulas,  radian  measure,  graphs  of 
trigonometric  and  inverse  functions.  3  credits. 

Ill,  112.  Analysis  I,  11.     A  rigorous  calculus  sequence  for  majors  of  the 
department.  5  credits  per  semester. 

150.  Finite  Mathematics,     introduction  to  finite  mathematics  with  empha- 
sis on  economic  and  business  applications.  Topics  include:  sets  and  algebra, 
lines  and  systems  of  equations,  matrices,  linear  programming,  probability, 
statistics,  Markov  processes,  mathematics  of  finance.  3  credits. 

160.  Calculus  for  Business.     Introduction  to  differential  and  integral 
calculus  with  emphasis  on  concepts  and  techniques  most  applicable  to 
business  and  economics.  3  credits. 

161,  162.  Calculus  1,  II.     A  calculus  sequence  with  emphasis  on  applica- 
tions. Topics  include:  functions  and  limits,  differentiation,  integration, 

70 


logarithm  and  exponential  functions,  inverse  trigononnetric  and  hyperbolic 
functions,  improper  integrals,  I'hopitals  rule,  infinite  series,  and  conic 
sections.  3  credits. 

170.  Elementary  Statistics.     Elementary  descriptive  and  inferential  statis- 
tics. Topics  include;  graphical  presentation,  measures  of  central  tendency, 
probability,  binomial  distribution,  normal  distribution,  hypothesis  testing, 
estimation,  comparison  testing,  linear  models  and  correlation,  analysis  of 
variance,  and  contingency  tables.  3  credits. 

191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

202.  Foundations  of  Mathematics.     Introduction  to  logic,  set  theory  and 
real  and  complex  numbers.  Prerequisite:  MA  112.  3  credits. 

21 1.  Analysis  HI.     Continuation  of  Analysis  I,  II.  Prerequisite:  MA  112.3 
credits. 

222.  Linear  Algebra.     Vectors,  matrices,  systems  of  equations,  applica- 
tions. Prerequisite:  MA  1  12.  3  credits. 

261.  Calculus  III.     Continuation  of  Calculus  1,  II.  Topics  include:  polar 
coordinates,  parametric  equations,  vectors  in  the  plane,  three-dimensional 
space,  partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  and  vector  calculus.  Prerequisite: 
MA  162.  3  credits. 

266.  Differential  Equations.     First  and  second  order  differential  equations, 
partial  differential  equations.  Prerequisite:  MA  211  or  261.  3  credits. 

270.  Intermediate  Statistics.     An  advanced  version  of  MA  1 70.  Prerequisite 
MA  1  12  or  MA  162.  3  credits. 

291-298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

322.  Abstract  Algebra.     Fundamentals  of  groups,  rings,  fields.  Prerequisite: 
MA  222.  3  credits. 

325.  Geometry.     Axiomatic  development  of  Absolute,  Euclidean  and 
non-Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  MA  1 12.  3  credits. 

335,  336.  Operations  Research  1,  II.     Linear  programming,  queuing  theory, 
decision  theory.  Includes  material  for  the  part  3  Society  of  Actuaries  and 
Casualty  Actuarial  Society  examination.  Prerequisites:  MA  222,  371.  3  credits. 

371.  Mathematical  Probability.     Random  variables,  probability  law  and 
distributions.  Prerequisite:  MA  211.3  credits. 

372.  Mathematical  Statistics.     Generating  functions,  decision  theory,  tests 
of  hypotheses.  Prerequisite:  MA  371.  3  credits. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 


71 


412.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.     Analytic  functions.  Cauchy 
theorem,  conformal  mapping.  Prerequisite:  MA  411.3  credits. 

452.  Seminar  for  Teachers.     Issues  of  concern  to  the  prospective  second- 
ary school  teacher.  1  credit. 

463,  464.  Numerical  Analysis  I,  II.     Numerical  integration,  interpolation, 
differential  equations,  matrix  methods.  Includes  material  for  part  3  Society  of 
Actuaries,  Casualty  Actuarial  Societies  examination.  Prerequisites:  MA  266, 
CS  140.  3  credits  per  semester. 

471.  Applied  Statistics.     Linear  regression  and  correlation  analysis, 
analysis  of  variance,  sampling,  time  series  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MA  372.  3 
credits. 

490-498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

499.  Seminar.     Problem  solving  techniques  and  other  selected  topics. 
Prerequisites:  MA  211.1  credit. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Independent  study  and  research.  Variable  credit. 

Courses  in  Actuarial  Science 

385.  Theory  of  Interest.     Study  of  material  for  the  part  4  Society  of  Ac- 
tuaries, Casualty  Actuarial  Society,  and  Enrollment  Actuaries  examination. 
Prerequisite:  MA  211.3  credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

481,  482.  Life  Contingencies  I,  II.     Study  of  material  for  the  part  4  Society 
of  Actuaries,  Casualty  Actuarial  Society  and  Enrollment  Actuaries  examina- 
tion. Prerequisite:  MA  372.  3  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Study  of  material  for  further  Society  of  Actuaries 
or  Casualty  Actuarial  Society  examinations.  Variable  credit. 

Courses  in  Computer  Science 

130.  Microcomputers,  Hardware  and  Software.     The  components  of  a 
microcomputer,  introduction  to  operating  systems,  languages  and  software 
packages.  3  credits. 

147.  Computers  and  Programming  in  Pascal.     Introduction  to  the  basic 
concepts  and  terminology  of  computer  hardware,  software,  operating 
systems  and  languages.  Programming  in  Pascal.  3  credits. 

72 


170.  Computers  and  Programming  in  BASIC-PLUS.  Introduction  to  the 
basic  concepts  and  terminology  of  connputer  hardware,  software,  operating 
systems  and  languages.  Programming  in  Basic-Plus.  3  credits. 

242.  Scientific  Computing  with  FORTRAN.     Number  representation, 
multi-dimensional  arrays,  data  manipulation,  extensive  computation. 
Prerequisite:  CS  140,  MA  102.  3  credits. 

243.  Interactive  Systems  with  BASIC-PLUS.     Time-sharing  systems, 
microcomputers  and  BASIC;  arrays,  strings,  virtual  arrays,  random  access 
files,  elementary  graphics.  Prerequisite;  CS  147  or  170.  3  credits. 

244.  Business  Computing  with  COBOL.     Processing  of  data,  the  storing 
and  manipulating  of  files;  sorting,  and  merging  of  records.  Prerequisite:  CS 
147  or  170.  3  credits. 

248.  Advanced  Programming  with  PascaL  Advanced  features  of  Pascal. 
Developing  large  programs.  Libraries,  units,  etc.  Prerequisite:  CS  147.  3  credits. 

250.  Survey  of  Computers  and  their  Impact.  Computer  hardware  and 
software  from  the  microcomputer  to  the  mainframe.  The  social,  economic 
and  ethical  impact  of  comiputers. 

341.  Computer  Architecture  with  MACRO.     The  organization  of  com- 
puters, the  CPU,  memory,  disks,  interfaces,  interrupts,  macros,  device 
drivers.  Prerequisite:  CS  248.  3  credits. 

342.  Data  Structures.     Discrete  mathematical  structures  and  their  use  in 
computer  software.  Stacks,  lists,  queues,  hash  tables,  sorts,  linked  lists. 
Prerequisite:  CS  248,  MA  222.  3  credits. 

345.  Business  Computer  Systems.     An  overview  of  computer  hardware 
and  software  from  micro-  to  main-frame.  Batch  processing,  time  sharing, 
word  processing,  spreadsheets.  Data  processing  and  communication. 
Management  of  and  with  computers.  Prerequisite:  CS  147.  3  credits. 

346.  Data  Algorithms.     Methodology  of  data  processing.  Representation, 
storage,  and  retrieval  of  data.  Methods  to  sort,  merge,  and  match  data. 
Sequential,  random,  indexed,  and  hash  files.  Prerequisite:  one  200  level 
course.  3  credits. 

400.  Internship.     1-15  credits 

441.  Computer  Languages  and  Compilers.     Syntax  and  semantics  of 
languages.  Lexical  analysis,  parsing,  and  translation.  Compiler  design. 
Prerequisite:  CS  342.  3  credits. 

442.  Microcomputer  Systems.     The  architecture  of  microcomputers. 
Programming  in  assembly  language.  Interfacing  microcomputer  components. 


73 


The  design  of  microcomputer  operating  systems.  Prerequisite:  CS  147.  3 
credits. 

445.  Database  Management.     The  organization  of  files.  Database  structure 
and  implementations.  Integrity  and  security  of  data  bases.  Major  DBM 
systems.  Prerequisite:  two  300  level  courses.  3  credits. 

446.  Computer  Systems  Analysis  and  Design.     Principles  of  computer 
management.  Design  tools  and  techniques.  Hardware,  operating  systems, 
languages  and  their  interrelations.  Implementation  and  evaluation  of  com- 
puter systems.  Prerequisite:  CS  345  or  MA  335  and  two  300  level  courses.  3 
credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     Individual  work  on  one  of  a  large  choice  of  mini 
and  microcomputers,  languages,  software  packages,  and  graphics.  Variable 
credit. 

Military  Science 

The  Department  of  Military  Science  adds  another  dimension  to  a  Lebanon 
Valley  College  liberal  arts  education  by  offering  courses  which  develop  a 
student's  ability  to  organize,  motivate,  and  lead  others. 

Participation  in  Military  Science  courses  during  the  freshman  and  sophomore 
years  results  in  no  military  obligation.  Courses  during  these  years  orient 
students  on  the  various  roles  of  Army  officers.  Specifically,  these  courses 
stress  self  development:  written  and  oral  communication  skills,  leadership, 
bearing,  and  self-confidence. 

Individuals  who  elect  to  continue  in  the  program  during  the  junior  and 
senior  years  will  receive  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  U.S. 
Army  upon  graduation.  They  will  be  required  to  serve  three  months  to  four 
years  in  the  active  Army,  depending  upon  the  type  of  commission. 

Options  are  available  for  those  individuals  who  encounter  scheduling 
conflicts  or  who  desire  to  begin  participation  after  their  freshman  year. 
Contact  the  department  for  further  information. 

Program  participants  may  take  part  in  various  enrichment  activities  during 
the  academic  year:  rappelling,  rifle  qualification,  cross-country  skiing, 
white-water  rafting,  leadership  exercises,  land  navigation,  orientation  trips, 
and  formal  social  functions.  Program  participants  may  also  apply  for  special 
training  courses  during  the  summer:  Russian  language,  flight  orientation, 
airborne,  air  assault,  and  northern  warfare  schools. 

74 


Financial  Assistance:  Books  and  equipment  for  military  science  courses 
and  the  ROTC  program  are  provided  free  of  charge  to  all  cadets.  (However, 
all  cadets  do  pay  an  activity  fee  of  $1  5  per  semester.)  All  juniors  and  seniors 
in  the  ROTC  program  (Advanced  Course)  and  scholarship  cadets  are  paid  a 
tax-free  subsistence  allowance  of  $100  per  month  and  receive  certain  other 
benefits. 

Scholarships:  Army  ROTC  scholarships  based  on  merit  are  available. 
Recipients  receive  full  tuition,  academic  fees,  a  semester  allowance  for  books 
and  supplies,  and  a  $100  per  month  subsistence  allowance.  Cadets  and 
other  Lebanon  Valley  students  may  compete  for  three-year  (starts  in  sopho- 
more year)  and  for  two-year  (starts  in  junior  year)  year  scholarships.  Recipi- 
ents agree  to  a  service  obligation.  Scholarships  are  also  available  for  students 
entering  medical  school  or  pursuing  graduate  studies  in  the  basic  health 
sciences.  Selected  ROTC  graduates  are  also  eligible  for  scholarships  to 
pursue  graduate  studies  in  other  academic  disciplines.  For  additional  infor- 
mation, contact  the  department  chairman. 

Corresponding  Studies  Program:  Students  participating  in  an  off-campus 
study  program  in  the  United  States  or  abroad  may  continue  participation  in 
either  the  Army  ROTC  Basic  Course  or  Advanced  Course  and  receive  the 
same  course  credit  and  benefits  as  a  student  enrolled  in  the  on-campus  pro- 
gram. Scholarship  students  are  also  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program. 

Advanced  Leadership  Practicum:  The  practicum  consists  of  a  six-week 
summer  training  program  at  an  Army  installation  which  stresses  the  applica- 
tion of  military  skills  to  rapidly  changing  situations.  Participants  are  evalu- 
ated on  their  ability  to  make  sound  decisions,  to  direct  group  efforts  toward 
the  accomplishment  of  common  goals  and  to  meet  the  mental  and  physical 
challenges  presented  to  them.  Completion  of  this  practicum  is  required  prior 
to  commissioning  and  it  is  normally  attended  between  the  junior  and  senior 
years.  Participants  receive  room,  board,  travel  expenses,  medical  care,  and  pay. 

Departmental  Courses: 

101,  102.  Introduction  to  Military  Science.     Emphasis  on  developing 
self-confidence  and  bearing.  Instruction  and  weekly  practical  training  in  basic 
skills  such  as  map  reading,  rappelling,  weapons,  communications,  first  aid, 
tactical  movements,  customs  and  courtesies,  public  speaking,  and  leadership. 
Meets  one  hour  per  week  each  semester.  Also  four  to  six  Saturdays  of 
voluntary  adventure  training  and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester.  No 
credit. 


75 


201,  202.  Application  of  Military  Science.     Advanced  instruction  in  topics 
introduced  in  the  first  year.  Participation  in  operations  and  basic  tactics  to 
demonstrate  leadersiiip  problems  and  to  develop  leadership  skills.  Meets 
two  hours  per  week  each  semester.  Also  four  to  six  Saturdays  of  voluntary 
adventure  training  and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester.  No  credit. 

301,  302.  Advanced  Application  of  Military  Science.     Emphasis  on 
leadership.  Situations  require  direct  interaction  with  other  cadets  and  test 
the  student's  ability  to  meet  set  goals  and  to  get  others  to  do  the  same. 
Students  master  basic  tactical  skills  of  the  small  unit  leader.  Meets  two  hours 
per  week  and  selected  weekends  each  semester.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to 
advanced  course  cadets.  No  credit. 

311.  American  Military  History.     Survey  of  American  military  history  from 
the  initial  settler/Indian  conflicts  to  the  post-Hiroshima,  post-Vietnam  world 
of  today.  Critical  analysis  of  the  changes  in  the  ways  American  armies 
fought,  organized  to  fight,  and  planned  to  fight  the  enemy.  Also  includes  a 
study  of  the  evolution  in  strategic  thinking,  civil-military  relations,  and  the 
status  of  reserve  forces.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  No  credit. 

401 ,  402.  Command  and  Staff.     Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  planning 
and  decision-making  capabilities  in  the  areas  of  military  operations,  logistics, 
and  administration.  Meets  two  hours  per  week  and  selected  weekends  each 
semester.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to  Advanced  Course  cadets.  No  credit. 

Students  who  wish  to  receive  a  commission  must  complete  all  of  the  above 
courses  (or  receive  advanced  placement  credit  for  1 0 1  -  202),  the  advanced 
leadership  practicum,  an  advanced  writing  course,  and  an  approved  course  in 
human  behavior. 

Music 

Students  in  the  Department  of  Music  may  major  in  one  of  four  areas:  music 
performance,  sacred  music,  sound  recording  technology  (see  page  78),  or 
music  education.  Each  student,  regardless  of  major,  is  required  to  take  a 
core  of  courses  in  theory  and  music  history.  Each  student  also  completes 
additional  course  work  particular  to  his  area  of  interest. 

Attendance  at  some  faculty  and  student  recitals  is  compulsory.  All  students 
in  the  department  are  required  to  take  private  instruction  on  campus  in  their 
principal  performance  medium  (one-half  hour  of  private  instruction  is 
included  in  the  basic  tuition).  Students  whose  major  applied  instrument  is 
organ  are  required  also  to  study  piano,  continuing  until  they  have  attained  a 

76 


level  of  proficiency  satisfactory  to  the  organ  faculty.  Participation  in  nnusic 
organizations  is  also  required  of  all  majors. 

The  music  performance  major  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a 
liberal  arts  context  in  their  preparation  for  careers  in  applied  music.  All 
majors  are  required  to  take  a  weekly  one  hour  lesson  in  the  principal  per- 
formance medium;  they  are  also  required  to  perform  a  half  recital  in  the 
junior  year  and  a  full  recital  in  the  senior  year.  Majors  whose  performance 
medium  is  a  band  or  orchestral  instrument  are  required  to  study  voice  and 
piano  as  well. 

The  sacred  music  major  prepares  students  for  careers  as  directors  of  church 
music,  ministers  of  music,  or  college  teachers.  The  program  is  open  to  those 
individuals  whose  interests  are  voice  or  organ.  All  majors  are  required  to 
acquire  sufficient  skill  to  assume  responsibilities  as  a  qualified  parish  church 
musician.  Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  organ  are  required 
to  study  voice  for  at  least  two  years,  one  of  which  may  be  a  year  of  class 
experience.  Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  voice  are  ex- 
pected to  show  sufficient  keyboard  proficiency  upon  admission  to  the 
program  that  after  two  additional  years  of  piano  study  (normally  by  the  end 
of  the  sophomore  year)  they  may  benefit  from  a  year  of  organ  study. 

The  music  education  major,  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Education  and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  is  designed  for 
the  preparation  of  public  school  music  teachers,  kindergarten  through 
twelfth  grades,  instrumental  and  vocal.  The  music  education  curriculum 
requires  voice  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum  of  one  year  and 
piano  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum  of  two  years.  A  competency 
jury  must  be  passed  in  each  area.  Students  participate  in  student  teaching  in 
area  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Each  student  is  responsible  for 
transportation  arrangements  to  and  from  the  teaching  location. 

DEGREES:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  music.  Bachelor  of  Music, 
Bachelor  of  Music  in  Sacred  Music  or  Sound  Recording  Technology,  and 
Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  music  education. 

MAJORS:  Core  courses  of  all  music  majors  are  MU  11  5,  116,  1  17,  1 18,  21  5, 
217,  226,  246,  316,  341,  342,  530  or  540,  or  550  for  the  B.M.  Plus,  all  students 
may  earn  up  to  12  credit  hours  for  major  ensemble  participation. 

Music  Education:  Core  courses  plus  MU  123,  1  24,  227,  231 ,  232,  328,  333, 
334,  335,  336,  337,  338,  345  or  347,  402  or  404,  416,  441,  607,  and  609  for 
at  least  66  credits.  Students  whose  performance  medium  is  piano  are 
required  to  study  1  year  of  voice.  Students  whose  performance  medium  is 


77 


voice  are  required  to  complete  2  years  of  piano  study.  Students  whose 
performance  medium  is  band  or  orciiestral  instrument  are  required  to  com- 
plete 2  years  of  piano  study  and  1  year  of  voice  study.  All  study  includes 
class  or  private  instruction. 

Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  224,  315,  329, 
400,  403,  123/124  or  231/232  or  227/328,  416,  462,  510  or  530,  520  or  530, 
plus  ensembles  for  at  least  81  credits. 

Piano  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  224,  306,  3 1 5,  329,  347,  400,  406,  411,416, 
462,  520  or  530,  plus  ensembles  (4  credits)  and  accompanying  (6  credits)  for 
at  least  80  credits. 

Sacred  Music  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  MU  224,  315,  329,  347,  462.  Organ 
track;  MU  132,  321,  322,  351,  352,  354,  421,  422,  520,  530  (voice  and  piano) 
for  at  least  8 1  credits.  Voice  track;  MU  1  32,  32 1 ,  322,  326,  327,  35 1 ,  42 1 , 
422,  530  (organ  and  piano)  for  at  least  79  credits. 

Sound  Recording  Technology 

Because  of  the  continuing  technological  revolution  —  as  exemplified  by  such 
new  distribution  media  as  cable  networking,  digital  compact  discs,  Dolby 
stereo  recordings  and  films,  satellite  broadcasting  and  narrowcasting,  and 
stereo  television  —  the  field  of  sound  recording  technology  is  expanding  at 
an  enormous  rate.  The  program  in  sound  recording  technology  is  designed 
for  students  who  wish  to  gain  the  theoretical  and  practical  knowledge 
necessary  for  careers  with  responsibility  for  recording  technology  in  the 
fields  of  radio  and  television,  film,  and  audio  production. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  sound  recording  technology. 

MAJOR:  56  credits  of  music  courses,  including  MU  115,  116,  117,  118,  123, 
215,  217,  226,  227,  231,  246,  287,  328,  337,  345,  388,  400,  416,  489,  500, 
510,  520,  530,  and  one  credit  of  music  above  600;  AC  151;  nine  hours  in 
computer  science  approved  by  advisor;  MA  1 00;  MG  1 00,  PHY  110,  212,  350. 

Courses  in  Music 

1 15.  Harmony  I.     A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  and  their  notation. 
Harmonization  of  melodies  and  basses  with  fundamental  triads.  Analysis.  2 
credits. 

1 16.  Harmony  II.     A  study  of  inversions  of  triads,  seventh  chords,  the 


78 


principles  of  modulation  and  figured  bass.  Analysis  of  hymns  and  standard 
literature.  2  credits. 

1 17.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  I.     The  singing  and  aural  recognition 
of  intervals,  scales,  triads  and  simple  harmonic  progressions.  2  credits. 

1 18.  Ear  Training  and  Siglit  Singing  II.     A  continuation  of  the  above, 
emphasizing  clef  reading,  modality,  modulation  and  more  complicated 
rhythmic  devices  and  harmonic  patterns.  2  credits. 

215.  Harmony  III.     The  writing  and  analysis  of  exercises  and  literature 
which  include  secondary  dominant,  diminished  seventh  chords  and  substi- 
tutes for  diatonic  harmony.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  Twentieth  Century 
compositional  techniques.  2  credits. 

217.  Basic  Concepts  of  Structure  and  Style.     An  advanced  ear  training 
course  using  literature  representing  various  stylistic  periods  and  performance 
media  as  the  basis  for  analysis,  discussion  and  aural  recognition.  2  credits. 

224.  Counterpoint.     Introductory  work  in  strict  counterpoint  through  three- 
and  four-part  work  in  all  the  species.  Required  for  music  and  sacred  music 
majors.  2  credits. 

226.  Form  and  Analysis  I.     A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of 
simple  and  compound  forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo  and 
sonata  forms.  Emphasis  is  placed  primarily  upon  structural  content  The 
course  provides  experience  and  skill  in  both  aural  and  visual  analysis.  2  credits. 

315.  Harmony  IV.     Elementary  Composition.  Exposure  to  the  composition 
of  various  forms,  including  theme  and  variation,  rondo,  song  and  dance 
forms;  exploration  of  Twentieth  Century  compositional  techniques.  Required 
for  music  and  sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

316.  Keyboard  Harmony.     Score  reading  and  the  realization  of  figured 
bass  at  the  keyboard,  transposition,  and  improvisation.  The  successful 
completion  of  a  piano  jury  is  required  for  admission  to  the  course.  2  credits. 

329.  Form  and  Analysis  II.     A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  fugal 
forms,  suite,  complex  sonata  forms  and  techniques  for  analysis  of  certain 
contemporary  styles  of  music.  2  credits. 

416.  Orchestration.     A  study  of  instrumentation  and  the  devices  and 
techniques  for  scoring  transcriptions,  arrangements  and  solos  for  orchestra 
and  band,  with  special  emphasis  on  practical  scoring  for  mixed  ensembles  as 
they  occur  in  public  schools.  Laboratory  analysis  and  performance.  Scoring 
of  original  works.  2  credits. 


79 


Materials  and  Methods 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.     A  course  designed  to  aid  elemen- 
tary education  majors  in  developing  music  skills  for  the  classroom,  including 
the  playing  of  instruments,  singing,  notation,  listening,  movement,  and 
creative  application.  3  credits. 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  Music  Education.     Supervised  field  experiences  in 
appropriate  settings.  Required  pass/fail.  Prerequisites:  ED  1 10  and  permis- 
sion. 1  -3  credits. 

326.  Vocal  Literature.     A  survey  of  solo  vocal  literature,  with  emphasis  on 
teaching  repertoire.  Extensive  listening  is  required.  Students  may  have 
opportunities  to  perform  works  studied.  2  credits. 

327.  Vocal  Pedagogy.     This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  the  advanced 
voice  student  to  teach  private  lessons  at  the  secondary  school  level.  Stu- 
dents in  the  class  are  expected  to  develop  vocal  exercise  procedures, 
become  familiar  with  suitable  teaching  repertoire  and  apply  teaching  proce- 
dures in  a  laboratory  situation.  Selected  writings  in  vocal  pedagogy  and 
voice  therapy  will  be  studied.  2  credits. 

333.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Elementary.    A  compre- 
hensive study  of  general  music  teaching  at  the  elementary  school  level,  the 
philosophy  of  music  education,  varied  approaches  for  developing  conceptual 
learning  and  music  skills,  creative  applications,  and  analysis  of  materials.  3 
credits. 

334.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Junior  High/Middle 
School.     A  study  of  materials  and  approaches  appropriate  for  general  music 
classes  in  the  junior  high/middle  school,  including  adolescent  voices, 
musically-oriented  learning  experiences,  and  planning  a  general  music  cur- 
riculum. 3  credits. 

335.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Fourth,  Fifth  and  Sixth 
Grades.     A  study  of  methods  and  materials  used  in  teaching  band  and 
orchestral  instruments  to  children  in  these  grades,  with  emphasis  on  a 
sound  rhythmic  approach.  Both  individual  and  class  techniques  are  studied. 
2  credits. 

336.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Junior  and  Senior  High 
School.     A  study  of  intermediate  and  advanced  instrumental  teaching  tech- 
niques, methods  of  organizing  and  directing  school  orchestras  and  bands, 
fundamentals  of  musicianship.  2  credits. 


m 


400.  Chamber  Music.  Under  the  guidance  of  an  instructor,  tine  student 
studies  and  performs  chamber  works  appropriate  to  his  performance  me- 
dium. Prepared  works  may  be  presented  in  recital.  1  -2  credits. 

402.  Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Problems.     A  study  of  problems 
confronting  the  director  of  school  orchestras,  bands  and  instrumental 
classes  including:  organization  and  management,  selection  of  beginners, 
rehearsal  scheduling,  budgeting,  marching  band  drills,  evaluation  of  mate- 
rials, and  organization  of  festivals,  contests  and  public  performances.  2  credits. 

403.  Pedagogy.     Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.  A  survey  of  literature 
and  teaching  materials  which  relate  to  the  student's  performance  area. 
Students  may  be  expected  to  apply  teaching  procedures  in  a  laboratory 
situation.  2  credits. 

404.  Music  Education  Seminar,  Secondary  Level.  A  study  of  the  high 
school  vocal  music  curriculum  and  related  course  offerings.  2  credits. 

406.  Piano  Pedagogy.     A  practical  course  which  explores  fundamental 
principles  necessary  to  be  an  effective  piano  teacher.  Subjects  include 
practice  techniques,  memorization  and  the  selection  of  appropriate  technical 
materials  for  both  beginners  and  advanced  students.  Laboratory  teaching 
may  be  required  of  the  student.  2  credits. 

41 1.  Piano  Ensemble.     A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with 
problems  related  to  piano  ensemble  performance.  Practical  experience  will 
be  gained  through  study  and  performance  of  appropriate  literature.  2  credits. 

422.  Church  Music  Methods  and  Administration.     A  course  designed  to 
acquaint  the  student  with  the  total  church  music  program.  Topics  include 
the  development  of  a  choir  program,  methods  and  techniques  of  rehearsal, 
budget  preparation,  and  committee  and  pastoral  relationships.  Required  for 
sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

441.  Student  Teaching.     Music  education  majors  spend  a  semester  in  the 
music  department  of  an  area  school  district  under  the  supervision  of  cooper- 
ating teachers.  Prerequisites:  (Da  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0 
during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college;  (2)  successful  completion  of  piano 
and  voice  juries;  (3)  completion  of  Music  333,  334,  335,  336  including  field 
experiences;  (4)  approval  of  the  music  faculty.  12  credits. 

600.  Accompanying.     Under  the  guidance  of  a  piano  instructor  the  piano 
major  prepares  accompaniments  for  recital  performance.  One  credit  per 
semester  is  given  for  one  solo  recital  or  two  half  recitals.  A  maximum  of  six 
credits,  usually  distributed  over  the  last  three  years,  may  be  earned. 


81 


Instrumental  Courses 

Class  Instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  Instruments.  Practical  courses  in 
which  students,  in  addition  to  being  taught  the  fundamental  principles 
underlying  the  playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  instruments,  learn  to  play 
on  instruments  of  each  group:  string,  woodwind,  brass,  and  percussion. 
Problems  of  class  procedure  in  public  schools  are  discussed;  transposition  of 
all  instruments  is  taught.  Ensemble  playing  is  an  integral  part  of  these 
courses.  Bibliographical  materials  are  surveyed. 

Brass  Instruments  (trumpet,  horn,  trombone,  baritone,  tuba) 

123.  Brass  I.     A  study  of  two  of  the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 

124.  Brass  H.     A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 
Percussion  Instruments  (snare  drum,  timpani,  bass  drum,  and  others) 

227.  Percussion  I.     A  study  of  the  snare  drum.  1/2  credit. 

328.  Percussion  II.     A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments.  '/2 
credit. 

Woodwind  Instruments  (clarinet,  flute,  oboe,  saxophone,  bassoon) 

231.  Woodwind  I.     A  study  of  the  clarinet.  1  credit. 

232.  Woodwind  II.     A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments.  1 
credit. 

String  Instruments  (violin,  viola,  cello,  string  bass) 

337.  String  I.     A  study  of  all  the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 

338.  String  II.     A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  of  the  above  instruments. 
1  credit. 

Music  Organizations 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group  experience  are  provided 
by  music  organizations.  Membership  in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an 
audition  basis  to  all  students  of  the  College. 

601.  Symphonic  and  Marching  Band.     The  symphonic  band  performs 
original  literature  as  well  as  arrangements  of  standard  repertoire.  During  the 
football  season  it  presents  half-time  performances.  Membership  is  by 
audition  and  is  dependent  upon  the  instrumentation  needs  of  the  organiza- 
tion. 1  credit. 

603.  Symphony  Orchestra.     A  wide  variety  of  symphonic  literature  is 
studied  and  performed.  In  the  second  semester  the  orchestra  accompanies 

82 


soloists  in  a  concerto-aria  concert  and  on  occasion  combines  with  choral 
organizations  for  the  performance  of  a  major  work.  1  credit. 

604.  Concert  Choir.     The  Concert  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  fifty 
voices,  selected  by  audition.  All  phases  of  choral  literature  are  studied 
intensively.  In  addition  to  local  concerts,  the  choir  tours  annually.  1  credit. 

605.  College  Chorus.     The  College  Chorus  offers  the  opportunity  to  study 
and  perform  literature  of  various  styles  and  composers  including  major 
choral  works.  Choral  experience  is  preferred  but  not  required.  Required  for 
sacred  music  majors.  '/2  credit. 

606.  Chapel  Singers.     Composed  of  approximately  twenty  voices.  The 
singers  provide  leadership  during  selected  Chapel  Convocation  programs 
and  present  concerts  for  local  churches  and  civic  organizations.  '/2  credit. 

607.  Beginning  Ensemble  I.     A  training  band  in  which  students  play 
secondary  instruments  and  become  acquainted  with  elementary  band  litera- 
ture. Opportunity  is  given  for  advanced  conducting  students  to  gain  con- 
ducting experience.  No  credit. 

608.  Wind  Ensemble.     The  Wind  Ensemble  provides  an  opportunity  for 
advanced  players  of  wind  and  percussion  instruments  to  play  the  repertoire 
for  this  medium.  In  addition,  standard  classical  works  for  wind  and/or 
percussion  instruments  are  played.  Members  are  chosen  by  audition.  '/2  credit. 

609.  Beginning  Ensemble  II.     A  training  orchestra  in  which  students  play 
secondary  instruments  and  become  acquainted  with  elementary  orchestral 
literature.  Opportunity  is  given  for  advanced  conducting  students  to  gain 
experience  in  conducting.  No  credit. 

Instrumental  Small  Ensembles.     Open  to  the  advanced  player  on  an 
audition  basis. 

611.  String  Trio.     '/2  credit 

612.  String  Quartet.     '/2  credit. 

613.  Clarinet  Choir.     '/2  credit 

614.  Woodwind  Quintet.     72  credit. 

615.  Brass  Ensemble.     '/2  credit. 

616.  Percussion  Ensemble.     '/2  credit 

617.  Saxophone  Trio.     '/2  credit 

618.  Saxophone  Quartet.     '/2  credit. 

619.  Saxophone  Quintet.     '/2  credit. 


83 


620.  Saxophone  Ensemble.     Vi  credit. 

621.  Flute  Ensemble.     '/2  credit. 

622.  Horn  Ensemble.     Vi  credit. 

623.  String  Ensemble.     Vi  credit. 

624.  Woodwind  Trio/Quartet,     y-i  credit. 

The  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music 

100.  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.     For  the  non-music  major,  a 
survey  of  Western  music  from  ancient  to  modern  times.  The  course  is 
designed  to  increase  the  individual's  musical  perception.  May  not  be  taken  if 
the  student  has  completed  MU  341  and/or  342.  3  credits. 

306.  History  and  Literature  of  the  Piano.     A  survey  of  the  development  of 
the  piano  and  its  literature,  with  emphasis  on  piano  methods  books  and 
related  materials.  Required  for  piano  students  majoring  in  music;  open  to 
other  students  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor.  2  credits. 

321.  Hymnology.  A  study  of  the  historical  development  of  hymns  and 
hymn  singing,  as  well  as  an  in-depth  analysis  of  the  current  hymnodical 
practices  of  the  Christian  churches.  Required  for  sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

322.  Sacred  Choral  Literature  Seminar.     A  study  of  standard  oratorios, 
requiems,  cantatas  and  anthems,  with  emphasis  upon  the  development  of 
aesthetic  judgment  in  selecting  literature  for  various  liturgical  settings. 
Required  for  sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

341/342.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  I,  11.     A  survey  course  in  the 
history  of  Western  Music,  with  emphasis  on  stylistic  developments  and 
illustrative  musical  examples.  The  first  semester  ends  with  Bach;  the  second 
semester  covers  Handel  to  the  present.  May  not  be  taken  if  student  has 
completed  MU  100.  3  credits  per  semester. 

351,  352,  353,  354.  Organ  Seminar  I,  II,  III,  IV.     Four  semesters  of  study, 
preferably  in  sequence,  based  upon  the  investigation  of  the  following: 
351 -Organ  Design  and  Tonal  Evolution;  352-Organ  History  and  Literature. 
(Early  times  through  the  mid-Baroque);  353-Organ  History  and  Literature.  (An 
investigation  of  organ  literature  from  the  time  of  l.S.  Bach  to  the  present); 
354-Church  Service  Playing.  Required  for  organ  students  majoring  in  music 
and  sacred  music;  open  to  other  students  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor. 
2  credits  per  semester. 

421.  Liturgy.     A  study  of  the  music  and  its  form  as  related  to  the  historical 
84 


development  of  the  current  practice  of  the  service  of  the  Christian  churches. 
Required  for  sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

462.  Music  Literature  Seminar.     A  study  of  music  literature  to  extend  the 
student's  familiarity  with  selected  works.  Application  of  accumulated  knowl- 
edge of  theory,  music  history,  form,  and  twentieth-century  music.  Each 
student  pursues  an  individual  project  of  particular  interest.  Required  for 
music  maiors.  2  credits. 


Conducting 

246.  Principles  of  Conducting.     The  principles  of  conducting  and  baton 
technique.  Students  conduct  ensembles  derived  from  class  personnel.  2 
credits. 

345.  Instrumental  Conducting.     Emphasis  on  practical  work  with  instru- 
mental groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are  applied  through  individual  experi- 
ence. 2  credits. 

347.  Choral  Conducting.     Basic  conducting  techniques  applied  to  the 
choral  idiom.  Rehearsal  procedures,  materials  and  specific  problems  of  the 
choral  conductor  are  stressed  through  laboratory  experience.  2  credits. 


Applied  Music  Instruction 

132.  Diction  for  Singers.     An  introduction  to  the  pronunciation  of  singer's 
English,  German,  French,  Italian,  and  Latin,  utilizing  the  International 
Phonetic  Alphabet.  Required  for  sacred  music  majors  and  for  voice  students 
majoring  in  music;  open  to  other  students  with  approval  of  the  instructor.  1 

credit. 

510.  Class  Piano  Instruction.     I  credit. 

520.  Class  Voice  Instruction.     1  credit. 

530.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestra  and  Band 
Instruments).  Piano  study  (private  or  class)  is  required  for  a  minimum  of 
two  years.  1  credit. 

540.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestra  and  Band 
Instruments).     A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction.  2 
credits. 

550.  Individual  Instruction.     Private  instruction  for  Bachelor  of  Music 
majors.  A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction.  3  credits. 


85 


Courses  in  Sound  Recording  Technology 

287.  Recording  Technology  I.     An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of 
sound  recording  technology.  Topics  include  sound  and  listening,  the  basic 
audio  chain,  microphones,  tape  machines,  basic  mixers,  and  equipment 
interfacing.  By  the  conclusion  of  the  course  the  student  will  be  able  to 
engineer  a  multi-microphone  two-track  stereo  recording.  Prerequisite:  per- 
mission of  the  instructor  and  the  department  chairman.  3  credits. 

388.  Recording  Technology  II.     A  continuation  of  MU  287.  The  course 
begins  with  multi-track  consoles  and  tape  machines  and  goes  on  to  cover 
reverberation,  equalization,  compressors  and  expanders,  noise  reduction, 
and  the  db.  The  emphasis  is  on  critical  listening  and  practical  applications. 
Prerequisites:  MU  287;  permission  of  the  instructor  and  the  department 
chairman.  3  credits. 

489.  Recording  Technology  III.     A  continuation  of  MU  388.  This  course 
examines  sophisticated  techniques  of  recording,  microphone  placement, 
special  effects,  digital  audio,  digital  processors,  and  tape  machine  alignment, 
as  well  as  introductions  to  electronic  music  and  audio  for  video.  Prerequi- 
sites: MU  388;  permission  of  the  instructor  and  the  department  chairman.  3 
credits. 

350.  Audio  Electronics.     A  study  of  electronics  as  used  in  audio  engineer- 
ing. The  course  examines  RC  and  LC  circuits,  filters,  impedance,  audio 
frequency  amplifier  circuits,  and  basic  digital  theory.  Laboratory  work  is 
included.  Prerequisite:  PHY  212.  3  credits. 

Departmental  Honors  and  Independent  Study 

500.  Independent  Study.     A  course  designed  for  the  student  who  desires 
to  engage  in  independent  study,  either  with  or  without  departmental 
honors.  1  -  3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9) 

Student  Recitals 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  students  in  acquainting 
them  with  a  wide  range  of  the  best  musical  literature,  in  developing  musical 
taste  and  discrimination,  in  affording  the  experience  of  appearing  before  an 
audience,  and  in  gaining  self-reliance  as  well  as  nerve  control  and  stage 
demeanor.  Students  at  all  levels  of  performance  appear  in  these  student  re- 
citals. 

86 


Philosophy 

The  study  of  philosophy  directly  involves  the  student  in  the  process  of 
sharpening  critical  and  analytical  abilities,  in  all  classes  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  writing  of  critical  and  analytical  essays  dealing  with  various  aspects 
of  philosophical  thought  as  it  pertains  to  the  questions  and  issues  of  knowl- 
edge, human  values  and  conduct,  history,  politics,  religion,  science,  society, 
and  the  nature  of  human  beings. 

The  study  of  philosophy  may  prepare  the  student  for  postgraduate  activities 
such  as  legal  studies,  business,  or  theological  and  seminary  training. 

A  double  major  is  easily  arranged  and  will  aid  in  insuring  a  broader  program 
of  study  in  liberal  learning. 

DEGREE:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  philosophy. 

MAJOR:  PH  1  20  plus  an  additional  2 1  hours  of  philosophy  courses  for  a  total 
of  24  hours. 

Courses  in  Philosophy 

1 10.  Problems  of  Philosophy.     Examination  of  major  philosophical  issues 
and  the  ways  major  philosophers  have  dealt  with  them.  3  credits. 

120.  Basic  Logic.     An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear  and  effective 
thinking.  Attention  is  given  to  the  logic  of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  infer- 
ence, and  the  logic  of  factual  inquiry.  Main  emphasis  is  upon  deductive 
logic,  and  students  are  introduced  to  the  elements  of  symbolic  logic  as  well 
as  to  traditional  modes  of  analysis.  3  credits. 

191  -  198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

220.  Ethics.  An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  values  applied  to 
human  conduct,  with  an  examination  of  the  responses  of  major  ethical 
theories  to  those  problems.  3  credits. 

230.  Philosophy  of  Religion.     A  study  of  the  issues  raised  for  philosophy 
by  contemporary  religious  and  theological  thought.  The  course  includes 
critical  examinations  of  such  problems  as  faith  and  reason;  the  meaning  of 
revelation,  symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments  for  the  existence  of 
God;  faith  and  history;  religion  and  culture.  3  credits. 

240.  American  Philosophy.     A  survey  of  philosophical  thought  in  the 
United  States  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the 
work  of  Peirce,  lames,  and  Dewey.  3  credits. 
260.  Ethical  Issues  in  Management.     An  examination  of  ethics  and  values 


87 


within  the  context  of  modern  corporate  organizations.  The  course  considers 
issues  pertinent  to  corporate  responsibility,  whistle-blowing,  the  profit 
motive,  consumerism,  bribery,  conflict  of  interest,  and  cost/benefit  analysis. 
Some  attention  is  given  to  classical  ethical  theories;  a  considerable  portion 
of  the  course  is  devoted  to  case  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MG  100  or  PH  110  or 
by  permission.  3  credits. 

291  -  298.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

323.  Ancient  Philosophy.     A  study  of  the  evolution  of  philosophy  from  the 
pre-Socratic  nature  philosophers  to  the  Hellenistic  philosophers  of  the 
fourth  century,  with  emphasis  on  Plato  and  Aristotle.  Prerequisite:  PH  110, 
or  permission.  3  credits. 

326.  Medieval  Philosophy.  The  history  of  philosophy  from  the  decline  of 
the  Hellenistic  Age  to  the  Renaissance,  with  emphasis  on  the  schoolmen  of 
the  late  Middle  Ages.  Prerequisite:  PH  110,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

333.  Modern  Philosophy,     The  development  of  philosophy  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  Nineteenth  Century,  with  emphasis  on  Hume  and  Kant. 
Prerequisite:  PH  110,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

336.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.     An  examination  of  representative 
American,  British,  and  Continental  philosophers  from  1900  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  PH  1 10  or  permission.  3  credits. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

49 1  - 498.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits. 

499.  Seminar. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Prerequisite:  permission.  1  -3  credits  per  semes- 
ter (maximum  of  9). 

Physical  Education 

Although  the  College  does  not  offer  a  major  in  physical  education,  two 
courses  are  required  for  graduation.  The  program  encourages  attitudes  and 
habits  of  good  health,  while  developing  physical  capacities  and  skills  that 
will  enrich  life. 

Courses  in  Physical  Education. 

102.  Aerobic  Dance.     A  combination  of  exercise  and  dance  steps  in 
rhythmic  movements.  The  course  promotes  the  value  of  a  total  fitness 
program,  including  diet  and  weight  control  and  heart  rate  monitoring.  1  credit. 

88 


107.  Badminton.     Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  rules  of  bad- 
minton. 1  credit. 

1 10.  Basketball.     Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  strategies  of 
the  game.  1  credit. 

1 13.  Bowling.     Instruction  in  the  techniques,  etiquette,  history  and  method 
of  scoring.  1  credit. 

122.  Fitness.     Examination  of  varied  programs  for  fitness,  with  emphasis  on 
diet  and  weight  control,  cardiovascular  efficiency,  strength  improvement, 
and  flexibility  training.  1  credit. 

125.  Golf.     Instruction  in  the  techniques,  tactics,  rules  and  etiquette  of  golf. 
1  credit. 

131.  Racquetball.     Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  different 
forms  of  competition  used  in  racquetball.  1  credit. 

140.  Softball.     Instruction  in  the  techniques  and  tactics  of  softball.  I  credit. 

146.  Tennis.     Instruction  in  the  techniques,  rules  and  tactics,  with  extensive 
practice  in  singles  and  doubles.  1  credit. 

152.  Volleyball.     Instruction  in  the  techniques,  tactics  and  varied  forms  of 
competition.  1  credit. 


Physics 

The  Department  of  Physics  attempts  to  develop  in  the  student  an  increased 
understanding  of  the  basic  laws  of  nature  as  they  relate  to  the  physical 
environment  and  to  indicate  the  possible  extent,  as  well  as  the  limitations, 
of  our  knowledge  of  the  physical  world.  As  the  natural  science  dealing  with 
forces,  motion,  energy,  heat,  sound,  light,  electromagnetism,  electronics, 
atomic  structure,  and  the  structure  and  interaction  of  all  matter,  physics 
underlies  work  in  all  other  natural  sciences  as  well  as  such  applied  sciences 
as  engineering. 

The  department  offers  comprehensive  introductory  courses  for  students 
majoring  in  any  of  the  natural  sciences.  Laboratory  work  is  an  integral  part 
of  many  physics  courses  and  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
experimental  techniques  and  the  measuring  instruments  appropriate  to  the 
various  areas  of  investigation. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  physics. 

MAJOR:  PHY  111,112,211,311,312,321,  322,  plus  six  additional  semester 


89 


hours  (at  least  two  in  experimental  physics),  for  a  total  of  30  hours.  Also 
required  are  MA  161,  162,  and  266  or  MA  11 1,  112,  211  and  266. 


Engineering  (Cooperative) 

In  the  cooperative  3-2  engineering  program  a  student  may  earn  a  B.S. 
degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  a  B.S.  degree  in  one  of  the  fields  of 
engineering  from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  (or  at  another  cooperating 
institution).  Students  who  pursue  this  cooperative  engineering  program  take 
three  years  of  work  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  then,  if  recommended  by 
the  College  and  accepted  by  the  engineering  school,  they  may  take  two 
additional  years  of  work  in  engineering.  After  the  satisfactory  completion  of 
the  fourth  year  of  the  program,  the  student  receives  from  Lebanon  Valley 
College  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  areas  of  science  or 
mathematics.  At  the  completion  of  the  fifth  year,  the  student  is  granted  the 
appropriate  engineering  degree  from  the  engineering  school. 

Requirements:  Required  courses  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  the  3-2 
program  include  MA  1 6 1 ,  1 62,  26 1 ,  and  266;  PHY  1 1 1 ,  1 1 2,  and  2 1 1 ;  CH  1 1 1 
and  1 13;  CS  147  and  242;  and  ten  selected  courses  in  humanities  and  social 
sciences. 

Additional  courses  in  physics,  mathematics,  chemistry  and  biology  appropri- 
ate for  the  particular  area  of  engineering  are  elected  in  planning  the  total 
program  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  the  individual  student.  For  mechani- 
cal, civil,  and  electrical  engineering,  PHY  311,  312,  321  and  322  are  among 
the  needed  courses. 

At  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  the  student  may  select  from  among  many 
different  engineering  fields:  bioengineering,  chemical  engineering,  civil  and 
urban  engineering,  computer  science  and  engineering,  electrical  engineering 
and  science,  mechanical  engineering  and  applied  mechanics,  metallurgy  and 
materials  science,  and  systems  science  and  engineering.  These  and  other 
engineering  curricula  are  available  at  other  engineering  schools  where  the 
student  may  complete  the  final  two  years  of  the  3-2  program. 

Some  students  decide  to  complete  a  four-year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  earning  their  baccalaureate  degree  with  a  major  in  physics,  chemis- 
try, or  mathematics  and  then  moving  into  a  graduate  program  in  the  engi- 
neering school  at  a  university  which  leads  to  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  a 
field  of  engineering. 

90 


Courses  in  Physics 

100.  Physics  and  Its  Impact.     A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  some  of  the  important  concepts  of  physics,  both  classical  and  modern, 
and  with  the  scientific  method,  its  nature  and  its  limitations.  The  role  of 
physics  in  the  history  of  thought  and  its  relationships  to  other  disciplines 
and  to  society  and  government  are  considered.  The  weekly  two-hour  labora- 
tory period  provides  experience  in  the  acquisition,  representation,  and 
analysis  of  experimental  data,  and  demonstration  of  the  physical  phenomena 
with  which  the  course  deals.  4  credits. 

103,  104.  General  College  Physics  1,  11.     An  introduction  to  the  funda- 
mental concepts  and  laws  of  the  various  branches  of  physics,  including 
mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nu- 
clear structure,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  4  credits  per  semester. 

1 10.  The  Physics  of  Music.     A  study  of  wave  motion,  analysis  and  synthesis 
of  waves,  resonance,  physical  characteristrics  of  music  sounds,  musical 
instruments,  the  reproduction  and  amplification  of  sound,  and  the  acoustical 
properties  of  rooms.  A  working  knowledge  of  algebra  is  required.  3  credits. 

111,  112.  Principles  of  Physics  I,  11.     An  introductory  course  in  classical 
physics,  designed  for  students  who  desire  a  more  rigorous  mathematical 
approach  to  college  physics  than  is  given  in  Physics  103,  104.  Calculus  is 
used  throughout.  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  mechanics  and  heat,  and 
the  second  semester  to  electricity,  magnetism,  and  optics,  with  laboratory 
work  in  each  area.  This  course  should  be  followed  by  Physics  211.  Prerequi- 
site or  corequisite:  MA  1  1  1  or  1 6 1 .  4  credits  per  semester. 

1 9 1  -  1 98.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

21 1.  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.     An  introduction  to  modern  physics, 
including  the  foundation  of  atomic  physics,  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  the 
atomic  nucleus,  radioactivity,  and  nuclear  reactions,  with  laboratory  work  in 
each  area.  Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  1  12.  4  credits. 

212.  Introduction  to  Electronics.  The  physics  of  electrons  and  electronic 
devices,  including  diodes,  transistors,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators, 
switching  circuits,  and  integrated  circuits,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  112,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

29 1  -  298.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

311,312.  Analytical  Mechanics  1,11.     A  rigorous  study  of  classical  me- 
chanics, including  the  motion  of  a  single  particle,  the  motion  of  a  system  of 
particles,  and  the  motion  of  a  rigid  body.  Damped  and  forced  harmonic 


91 


motion,  the  central  force  problem,  the  Euler  description  of  rigid  body 
motion,  and  the  Lagrange  generalization  of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among 
the  topics  treated.  Prerequisites:  PHY  1 1 1  and  MA  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

321 ,  322.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  1, 11.     Theory  of  the  basic  phenomena 
of  electromagnetism,  together  with  the  application  of  fundamental  principles 
to  the  solving  of  problems.  The  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter, 
direct  current  circuits,  alternating  current  circuits,  the  Maxwell  field  equa- 
tions, and  the  propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the  topics 
treated.  Prerequisites:  PHY  1 12  and  MA  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

327,  328.  Experimental  Physics  1,  H.     Experimental  work  selected  from  the 
area  of  mechanics,  A.C.  and  D.C.  electrical  measurements,  optics,  atomic 
physics,  or  nuclear  physics,  with  emphasis  on  experimental  design,  measur- 
ing techniques,  and  analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite:  PHY  211.1  credit  per 
semester. 

350.  Audio  Electronics.     A  study  of  electronics  as  used  in  audio  engineer- 
ing. The  course  examines  RC  and  LC  circuits,  filters,  impedance,  audio 
frequency  amplifier  circuits,  and  basic  digital  theory.  Laboratory  work  is 
included.  Prerequisite:  PHY  212.  3  credits. 

391  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

400.  Internship.     1-15  credits. 

421,  422.  Modern  Physics  1,  11.     A  study  of  selected  topics  in  modern 
physics,  utilizing  the  methods  of  quantum  mechanics.  The  Schrodinger 
equation  is  solved  for  such  systems  as  potential  barriers,  potential  wells,  the 
linear  oscillator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom.  Perturbation  techniques  and  the 
operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  are  introduced  where  appropriate. 
Prerequisites:  PHY  21 1  and  MA  266,  or  permission.  3  credits  per  semester. 

430.  The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Secondary  Schools.     A  course  designed 
to  acquaint  the  student  with  some  of  the  special  methods,  programs,  and 
problems  in  the  teaching  of  physics  in  secondary  schools.  Required  for 
secondary  certification  in  physics.  1  credit. 

490-498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     1  -  3  credits. 

Psychobiology 

This  cross-disciplinary  major  emphasizes  the  physiological  determinants  and 
consequences  of  behavior.  Consisting  of  a  balance  of  psychology  and 

92 


biology  course  work,  the  program  prepares  students  for  graduate  study  in 
medicine,  veterinary  medicine,  graduate  programs  in  psycinology,  animal 
behavior,  physiological  psychology,  psychopharmacology,  behavior  genetics, 
and  neuroscience,  as  well  as  research  positions  in  industry,  universities, 
hospitals,  and  government  laboratories. 

DEGREE:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  psychobiology. 

MAJOR:  Bl  111,  1  12,  201,  322  (20  hours);  PSB  444,  499  (4  hours);  PSY  100, 
120,  216,  236,  335,  443  (18  hours);  CH  1  1  1 ,  1  1  2,  1  1  3,  1  14,  21  3,  214,  21  5,  2  16 
(16  hours);  PHY  103/104  or  1  1  1/1  12  (8  hours);  MA  161  (3  hours);  CS  170 
(3  hours). 

Courses  in  Psychobiology 

1 9 1  -  1 98.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

400.  Internship.  Provides  supervised  research  and  study  opportunities  in 
an  industry,  government,  or  hospital  setting.  Prerequisite:  permission.  1  -6 
credits. 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.     A  study  of  the  biological  processes  and 
behavioral  events  in  learning,  thinking,  feeling,  perceiving,  and  striving; 
including  the  neural  and  hormonal  bases  for  learning  and  memory.  Labora- 
tory work  will  supplement  lecture  topics.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3 
credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

499.  Psychobiology  Seminar.     Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on 
selected  topics  in  psychobiology.  This  course  may  be  repeated.  1  credit. 

500.  Independent  Study,     Prerequisite:  Permission.  1  -9  credits  per  semes- 
ter. 


Psychology 

Psychology  has  as  its  objectives  the  understanding  of  people  and  the 
fostering  of  their  well-being.  The  study  of  psychology,  therefore,  may  be  an 
important  part  of  a  liberal  education  as  well  as  preparation  for  varied  ca- 
reers. Upon  graduation,  some  psychology  majors  pursue  graduate  study  in 
clinical,  experimental,  or  industrial  psychology  programs;  others  obtain 


93 


professional  degrees  in  social  work,  medicine,  business,  education,  and  the 
ministry;  still  others  hold  responsible  positions  that  make  use  of  their 
training  in  industry,  government,  hospitals,  and  community  agencies. 

To  assist  students  in  selecting  a  program  that  fits  their  individual  career 
goals,  the  department  has  identified  seven  concentrations:  clinical,  counsel- 
ing or  school  psychology,  experimental  psychology,  human  development, 
industrial/organizational  psychology,  social  psychology,  psycho-biology,  and 
general  psychology. 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to  pursue  individual  studies,  which  may 
involve  an  experiment  in  the  laboratory,  the  use  of  library  sources,  or  obser- 
vation in  a  school,  agency,  or  other  setting.  Internships  are  available. 

DEGREE:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  psychology. 

MAJOR:  Psychology  1 00,  1 20,  236,  343,  and  443;  three  or  four  additional 
courses  in  psychology  are  required,  with  different  courses  designated  for  dif- 
ferent concentrations.  The  general  concentration  requires  a  minimum  of  24 
credits;  all  others  require  27.  Students  with  particular  career  goals  or  special 
academic  programs  may  request  departmental  approval  to  adjust  major 
requirements  to  individual  needs. 

Courses  in  Psychology 

100.  Psychology:  The  Individual  and  Society,     An  introduction  to  psy- 
chology as  a  social  science.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  interactions  of  the 
individual  and  society  which  influence  development,  learning,  motivation, 
sexuality,  and  identity,  as  well  as  social  and  emotional  adjustment.  3  credits. 

120.  Psychology:  By  Experiment.     An  introduction  to  psychology  as  a 
behavioral  science,  with  an  emphasis  upon  laboratory  research  with  normal 
persons.  The  course  presents  selected  experiments  to  define  concepts, 
illustrate  principles,  and  specify  research  methods.  Topics  may  include  learn- 
ing, perception,  thinking,  memory,  and  social  behavior,  as  well  as  research 
tactics.  3  credits. 

191  - 198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

216.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Behavioral  Science.  Evaluation  of  behav- 
ioral research,  with  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  used  in  experiments 
and  correlational  studies.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  PSY  1 00  or  1 20.  3  credits. 

220.  Educational  Psychology.     Studies  of  cognitive,  behavioral,  emotional 
and  social  processes  in  the  school;  required  for  certification  in  elementary 
and  music  education.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

94 


235.  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.  Psychological  investigations  of 
visual,  auditory,  and  other  sensory  systems;  the  perception  of  color,  space, 
pictures,  and  objects.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120  or  pernnission.  3  credits. 

236.  Learning  and  Memory.     A  study  of  classical  and  instrunnental  condi- 
tioning, skills  acquisition,  information  retention  and  loss,  and  the  learning  of 
concepts.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

237.  Laboratory  Investigations  I:  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.     A 

series  of  experiments  and  demonstrations  on  vision,  hearing,  propriocep- 
tion, and  the  skin  senses.  Topics  are  coordinated  with  those  in  PSY  235. 
Corequisite  or  prerequisite:  PSY  235  or  permission. 

238.  Laboratory  Investigations  II:  Learning.  An  experimental  study  of 
learning,  including  operant  conditioning.  Corequisite  or  prerequisite:  PSY 
236.  1  credit. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

321.  Psychology  of  Child  Development.     A  study  of  the  cognitive,  social 
and  emotional  changes  during  childhood,  as  well  as  the  psychological  effects 
of  physical  growth.  Special  attention  is  given  to  research  studies,  develop- 
mental mechanisms  and  theories  of  development.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or 
120.  3  credits. 

322.  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Development.     A  study  of  the  characteris- 
tics of  adolescence  as  well  as  the  research  literature  and  theories  concerned 
with  psychological  change  during  adolescence.  Topics  may  include  psycho- 
logical development,  social  influences,  cognitive  and  intellectual  develop- 
ment, emotional  development,  identity  and  self-concept,  sexual  develop- 
ment, values,  transition  to  adulthood.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

326.  Psychology  of  Adult  Development.     A  study  of  research  literature 
and  theories  concerned  with  psychological  change  in  the  adult,  from  late  ad- 
olescence to  death.  The  course  includes  the  works  of  such  theorists  as 
Maslow  and  Erikson.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

332.  Psychological  Testing  and  Assessment.     A  review  of  the  principal 
tests  of  ability  and  personality  and  an  introduction  to  the  principles  of 
measurement,  methods  of  test  construction,  and  applications  and  interpre- 
tations of  psychological  tests.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

335.  Research  Design  and  Statistics.     An  evaluation  of  published  studies 
and  an  analysis  of  the  design  and  execution  of  laboratory  experiments  and 
field  studies.  Factorial  designs,  multivariate  techniques,  and  non-parametric 
statistics  are  analyzed  in  clinical,  educational,  organizational,  and  laboratory 
settings.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120,  216  or  permission.  3  credits. 


95 


337.  Organizational  Psychology.     A  study  of  psychological  principles  as 

applied  to  problems  of  organizational  behavior,  with  emphasis  on  personnel 
selection,  human  engineering,  group  dynamics,  systems  design,  training, 
leadership,  and  evaluation.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

343.  Personality.     A  study  of  the  major  theories  of  personality,  with 
emphasis  on  psychoanalysis  and  ego  psychology,  humanism  and  existential 
phenomenology,  social  learning,  and  trait  theory.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or 
1 20:  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

346.  Social  Psychology.     A  study  of  the  inter-  and  intra-personal  relation- 
ships between  individuals  and  groups,  with  emphasis  on  theories  and 
research  studies.  The  topics  covered  may  include  attitude  development  and 
change,  conformity,  persuasion,  person  perception,  attribution,  attraction, 
norms,  and  small  groups.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120:  junior  or  senior 
standing,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

348.  Investigations  of  Social  Psychological  Processes.     Studies  of  social 
psychological  processes  which  are  associated  with  topics  included  in  PSY 
346.  Laboratory  exercises  and  demonstrations,  as  well  as  independent  and 
group  research  projects,  are  included;  students  will  design  studies,  collect 
and  analyze  data,  and  write  research  reports.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120. 
PSY  216  highly  recommended.  Corequisite:  PSY  346.  1  credit. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship,     An  applied  academic  program  combining  work  in  commu- 
nity mental  health  and  related  organizational  settings,  hospitals  and 
schools,  with  discussions,  guided  reading,  and  systematized  observations. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  1  20,  junior  or  senior  standing,  permission  of 
department  and  agency  involved.  1  -9  credits  per  semester  (15  maximum). 

431.  Abnormal  Behavior  and  Experience.     A  study  of  mental,  emotional 
and  behavioral  problems,  including  alcohol  and  drug  abuse,  brain  disorders, 
criminal  and  psychopathic  behavior,  neuroses,  psychophysiological  reac- 
tions, psychoses,  sexual  deviations,  subnormal  intelligence,  and  suicide.  Pre- 
requisites: PSY  100  or  1  20;  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

432.  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  ways  psycholo- 
gists assist  persons  and  groups.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  assessment, 
individual  and  group  therapy,  marriage  and  family  counseling,  and  commu- 
nity psychology.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120;  PSY  431  or  nursing  training 
with  psychiatric  affiliation,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

443.  History  and  Theory.     A  study  of  philosophical  concepts  and  problems 


96 


of  relevance  for  psychology;  of  early  schools  of  psychology;  of  theories  of 
learning  and  personality;  and  of  trends  of  investigation  in  different  areas,  in- 
cluding developmental,  social,  abnormal,  and  cognitive  psychology.  Prereq- 
uisites: PSY  100,  1  20,  236;  junior  or  senior  standing;  or  permission.  3  credits. 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.     A  study  of  the  relationship  between 
biological  processes  and  behavioral  events  in  learning,  thinking,  feeling, 
perceiving,  and  striving,  including  neural  and  hormonal  bases  for  learning, 
memory,  and  personality.  The  laboratory  includes  brain  dissections  and 
biofeedback.  Findings  in  biofeedback,  sexuality,  sleep  and  behavior  disorders 
are  examined.  Prerequisite;  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

49 1  - 498.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120;  one  additional 
psychology  course  and  permission.  1  -6  credits  per  semester  (maximum  of  9 
credits). 


Religion 

The  program  of  the  Department  of  Religion  is  designed  to  give  students 
insight  into  the  meaning  of  the  religious  dimension  of  human  experience. 
Coursework  introduces  students  to  various  historical  and  contemporary 
expressions  of  the  ludaeo-Christian  heritage  as  well  as  to  the  diverse  reli- 
gious traditions  of  mankind.  In  general,  students  major  in  religion  to  ready 
themselves  for  theological  seminary,  for  careers  in  Christian  education,  or  to 
acquire  the  theological  maturity  which,  in  combination  with  another  major, 
will  enable  them  to  function  as  lay  ministers  in  their  chosen  profession. 

DEGREES:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  religion.  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in 
religion,  concentration  in  Christian  education. 

MAJORS:  Religion:  RE  1  10,  II  1 ,  1  1  2,  222,  331,  404,  one  course  from  among 
202,  2 1  1 ,  2 1  2,  and  electives  (including  GK  32 1 ,  43 1 ).  The  following  courses, 
though  recommended,  are  not  required  for  a  major  in  religion:  Bl  1 0 1 ;  GK 
101/102,  111/112;  HI  111/112;  PH  110,  231;  PSY  100;  SOC  I  10,  231. 
Christian  Education:  RE  1  10,  1  1  1 ,  1  1  2,  120,  21  I,  202  or  212,  222,  241,  242, 
243,  331 ,  400  (minimum  of  3  hours).  Other  courses  in  areas  such  as  commu- 
nication, education,  and  the  social  sciences  are  strongly  recommended  in 
consultation  with  the  program  advisor. 


97 


Courses  in  Religion 

1 10.  Introduction  to  Religion.     An  exploration  of  the  many  dimensions  of 
religion  as  a  central  human  experience  through  an  examination  of  such 
topics  as:  varieties  of  religious  experience  and  expression,  religious  knowl- 
edge, the  self  and  meaning,  religion  in  its  sociocultural  context,  religion  and 
the  natural  order,  and  universal  issues  such  as  death,  the  End,  evil,  suffering, 
and  the  moral  order.  3  credits. 

111.  Introduction  to  Biblical  Religion.     An  examination  of  some  of  the 
basic  themes  of  biblical  religion  in  relation  to  their  historical  context  and 
their  contemporary  implications.  3  credits. 

112.  Introduction  to  Christianity.     A  study  of  the  rise  and  development  of 
the  major  forms  of  Christianity  (Roman  Catholic,  Eastern  Orthodox,  Protes- 
tant) in  Europe  and  America,  including  doctrine  and  theological  expression, 
ethics,  worship,  church  structure,  and  relationship  to  culture.  3  credits. 

120.  Religion  in  America.     A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  reli- 
gious expression  in  America,  with  particular  attention  to  Protestantism, 
Roman  Catholicism,  and  ludaism.  3  credits. 

140.  World  Religions.     An  examination  of  the  rise  and  development  of 
religion  along  with  a  study  of  the  ideas  and  cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the 
great  world  faiths.  Special  attention  given  to  Asian  religions.  3  credits. 

191  - 198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

202.  The  Prophets.  A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings  of  the  Old  Testament 
prophets  and  an  analysis  of  their  contributions  to  Hebrew-Christian  religious 
thought.  3  credits. 

206.  Near  East  Archaeology  and  the  Bible.  An  examination  of  archaeol- 
ogy in  biblical  lands,  its  methods,  objectives,  and  contributions  to  the  areas 
of  history,  culture,  and  religion.  3  credits. 

211.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.     An  intensive  study  of  the  life  and 
message  of  lesus  as  set  forth  in  the  Gospels.  3  credits. 

212.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.  A  study  of  the  life,  writings,  and  theological 
thought  of  Paul  and  their  relationship  to  the  practices,  problems,  and  beliefs 
of  the  early  Church.  3  credits. 

222.  Christian  Ethics.     A  systematic  analysis  of  the  implications  of  the 
Christian  faith,  both  for  personal  moral  decision  and  for  social  policy  in  such 
areas  as  marriage  and  family,  government  and  political  life,  work  and  the 
economic  order.  Prerequisite:  RE  1 11  or  1 12.  3  credits. 

230.  American  Folk  Religion.     A  study  of  the  folk  traditions  of  selected 

98 


American  denominations  and  sects  and  of  the  theological  implications  of 
secular  folklore.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  field  work  as  well  as  on  analysis. 
3  credits. 

241.  Principles  of  Christian  Education.     A  study  of  the  overall  structure 
and  meaning  of  Christian  education,  including  education  as  ministry,  history 
of  religious  education,  theoretical  approaches,  the  impact  of  other  disci- 
plines (sociology,  psychology,  education),  developmental  theories,  the  role 
of  Bible  and  theology,  and  contemporary  concerns  and  expressions  of 
Christian  education.  3  credits. 

242.  Methods  of  Christian  Education.     A  study  of  elements  involved  in 
the  implementation  of  a  program  of  Christian  education  in  the  local  parish, 
including  planning,  evaluation,  leader  development,  teaching  and  learning, 
resources,  skills,  and  work  in  the  age  levels.  3  credits. 

243.  Selected  Problems  in  Christian  Education.     A  study  of  important 
themes  and  issues  in  Christian  education,  such  as  theology  and  education, 
conversion  and  nurture,  indoctrination  and  reflection,  developmental 
models  and  theological  teachings,  content-centered  or  student-centered 
approach,  and  the  role  of  the  professional.  3  credits. 

291  -298.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

331 .  Christian  Tradition  and  Reform.     A  study  of  the  major  and  continuing 
strains  in  the  history  of  Christianity  and  the  principal  reform  movements. 
Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological 
students.  3  credits. 

332.  The  Sacred  in  Modern  Writing.     Identification,  analysis,  and  interpre- 
tation of  issues  of  special  theological  import  raised  by  thinkers  representing 
non-theological  disciplines.  Prerequisite:  RE  1  10  or  permission.  3  credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship,     An  extension  and  application  of  knowledge  through  a 
supervised  experience  in  an  appropriate  church  school,  agency,  or  organiza- 
tion. 1  -6  credits. 

403.  Classical  Christian  Thinkers.     An  intensive  study  of  the  thought  of 
such  classical  religious  thinkers  as  Augustine,  Aquinas,  Luther,  and  others.  3 
credits. 

404.  Seminar:  Selected  Religious  Problems.     A  study  of  selected  prob- 
lems arising  from  recent  theological  efforts.  Research  methodology  is 
stressed.  Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theologi- 
cal students;  others  by  permission.  Prerequisite  RE  1 11  and  1  12.  3  credits. 


99 


491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

500.  Independent  Study.     Request  guidelines  from  advisor.  1  -3  credits  per 
semester,  (maximum  of  9). 


Sociology  and  Social  Service 

Students  major  in  sociology  to  benefit  from  a  richer  understanding  of  social 
processes  and  experience,  and  to  apply  that  understanding  both  to  contem- 
porary issues  and  to  the  development  of  their  personal  identity.  Graduates 
in  sociology  are  qualified  to  attend  graduate  school  in  basic  or  such  applied 
social  science  areas  as  urban  planning  and  organizational  behavior,  or  to 
assume  positions  in  government  or  industry  in  which  knowledge  of  human 
behavior  is  valuable. 

The  major  in  social  service  is  designed  to  enable  those  who  are  motivated  to 
care  for  the  needs  of  others  to  pursue  their  interests  in  a  variety  of  profes- 
sional social  work  settings.  Concentrations  available  in  the  department 
include  those  in  criminal  justice,  family  intervention,  gerontology/thana- 
tology. 

DEGREES:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  sociology,  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
social  service. 

MAJORS:  Sociology  majors  must  take  SO  11 0,  3 1 1 ,  42 1 ,  and  499;  plus  1 5 
additional  hours  in  sociology. 

Social  Service  majors  must  take  SOC  1 1 0  and  311;  SSV  262,  33 1 ,  34 1  or  342, 
499,  and  9  credit  hours  of  SV  400  Internship;  plus  4  additional  courses  in 
sociology  or  social  service. 

Courses  in  Sociology 

1 10.  Introduction  To  Sociology.     Survey  of  the  major  perspectives, 
methods  and  topics  of  sociology,  including  the  nature  of  society,  groups  and 
institutions,  socialization,  social  control  and  deviance,  social  change,  and 
the  impact  of  society  on  individuals.  3  credits. 

120.  Introduction  To  Anthropology.     A  survey  of  the  topics  and  methods 
of  anthropology  with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  of  physical,  economic  and 
cultural  factors  in  the  development  of  people  and  their  behavior.  3  credits. 
191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  Credits 
210.  Social  Problems.     Selected  problems  of  contemporary  life  as  seen 

100 


through  different  analytical  perspectives.  Prerequisite;  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or 
HC  202.  3  credits. 

21 1.  Urbanology.     An  analysis  of  the  city  as  a  unique  form  of  social 
organization.  From  a  multi-disciplinary  perspective,  the  course  presents  the 
nature  of  urbanization  and  the  impact  of  urbanism  on  contemporary  society. 
Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

230.  Sociology  of  Marriage  and  the  Family.     An  overview  of  marriage 
and  the  family  as  institutions.  The  interpersonal  dynamics  of  marriage  and 
family  life  are  studied  from  sociological,  historical,  and  cross-cultural  per- 
spectives. Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

261.  Gerontology.     An  investigation  of  the  ways  in  which  individuals, 
families  and  communities  respond  to  aging  and  the  aged.  Prerequisite:  SO 
110,  or  CE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

278.  juvenile  Delinquency.     An  empirical  and  theoretical  examination  of 
juvenile  delinquency,  the  juvenile  justice  system  and  treatment  programs  for 
the  juvenile  offender.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

29 1  -  298.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 

311.  Research  Methods.     A  study  of  the  basic  skills  needed  to  criticize  and 
carry  out  social  science  research.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  junior  standing,  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

322.  Sociology  of  Religion.     The  structure  and  functions  of  religious 
organizations  and  phenomena  with  emphasis  on  the  varieties  of  religious 
expresssion  in  America.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

331.  Criminology.     An  examination  of  the  nature,  causes,  and  correlates  of 
criminal  behavior.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

333.  Criminal  Justice.  A  sociological,  historical,  and  philosophical  exami- 
nation of  punishment  and  the  criminal  justice  system.  Prerequisite:  SO  1 10, 
or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

351.  Thanatology.     Exploration  of  the  basic  legal,  medical,  ethical  and 
social  issues  related  to  the  contemporary  understanding  of  death  and  dying. 
Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

362.  Social  Inequality.     An  examination  of  the  patterns  of  structured 
inequality  in  American  society,  including  the  class  system  and  racial  and 
ethnic  groups.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  basic  social  processes,  unique 
historical  contexts,  and  emergent  contemporary  developments.  Prerequisite: 
SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

39 1  -  398.  Special  Topics.     1  -  6  credits 


101 


400.  Internship.  Prerequisite:  18  hours  in  sociology  and  permission.  1-15 
credits. 

421.  Social  Theory.     An  intensive  examination  of  the  major  sociological 
theorists  and  movements.  Prerequisite:  1 2  credits  in  sociology.  3  credits. 

491-498.  Special  Topics.     1-6  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  A  critical  analysis  of  selected  themes  and  issues  in  contem- 
porary sociology.  Prerequisite:  SO  421.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Prerequisite:  18  hours  in  sociology,  a  2.5  cumu- 
lative grade  point  average,  and  a  contract  with  the  instructor  prior  to  regis- 
tration for  the  course.  1  -3  credits  per  semester.  Maximum  of  9. 

Courses  in  Social  Service 

191-198.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 

262.  Social  Welfare.     An  introduction  to  social  welfare  policies  and 
institutions.  Prerequisite:  SO  1 10.  3  credits. 

291-298.  Special  Topics.     1-6  credits 

331.  Social  Service  Theory.  Consideration  of  the  theories  which  underlie 
social  service  intervention  at  the  individual,  familial,  group,  community,  and 
societal  level.  Prerequisite:  SV  262.  3  credits. 

341.  Social  Work  Practice:  Direct  Methods.     An  examination  of  the 
knowledge,  attitudes,  and  skills  required  for  professional  social  work  practice, 
emphasizing  the  methods  of  social  casework,  social  group  work,  and  family 
therapy.  Prerequisite:  SV  331.  3  credits. 

342.  Social  Work  Practice:  Indirect  Methods.     An  examination  of  the 
knowledge,  attitudes,  and  skills  required  for  professional  social  work  practice, 
emphasizing  the  methods  of  community  organization,  social  action,  and 
social  planning.  Prerequisite:  SV  331.  3  credits. 

345.  Family  Therapy.     The  theory  and  practice  of  family  therapy,  focusing 
on  the  work  of  prominent  family  therapists  such  as  Satir,  Minuchin,  Haley, 
and  others.  Prerequisite:  SO  230  and  SV  341,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

391  -398.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits 

400.  Internship.  A  supervised  field  placement  in  a  public  or  private  social 
service  agency  or  program.  Prerequisites:  SV  341  or  342,  40  hours  of  volun- 
teer work,  and  permission.  1-15  credits. 

491  -498.  Special  Topics.     1  -6  credits. 


102 


499.  Seminar.     Detailed  study  of  a  selected  social  work  area.  Prerequisite: 
SV  341  or  342.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.     Prerequisite:  SV  341  or  342,  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.5,  and  a  contract  with  the  instructor  prior  to  registration 
for  the  course.  1  -3  credits  (maximum  of  9). 


103 


DIRECTORY 

The  Board  of  Trustees 
Officers 

ELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER,  President 
GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN,  First  Vice  President 
ELAINE  G.  HACKMAN,  Second  Vice  President 
E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  IR.,  Secretary 

E.  PETER  STRICKLER,  Treasurer 
HARRY  B.  YOST,  Assistant  Secretary 

F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  IR.,  Immediate  Past  President 
ELMER  N.  FUNKHOUSER,  President  Emeritus 
ALLAN  W.  MUND,  President  Emeritus 

ARTHUR  L.  PETERSON,  President  of  the  College 

Emeriti 

WILLIAM  D.  BRYSON,  L.L.D.;  Retired  Executive,  Walter  W.  Moyer  Com- 
pany; Ephrata,  PA. 

WOODROW  S.  DELLINGER,  B.S.,  M.D.;  General  Practitioner;  Red  Lion,  PA. 

DEWITT  M.  ESSICK,  A.B.,  M.S.;  Retired  Executive,  Armstrong  World 
Industries;  Lancaster,  PA. 

EUGENE  C.  FISH,  Esq.,  B.S.,  L.L.B.,  J.D.;  President,  Peerless  Industries, 
Inc.;  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Eastern  Foundry  Company;  Attorney, 
Romeika,  Fish  and  Scheckter;  Senior  Partner,  Tax  Associates;  lenkin- 
town,  PA. 

E.  N.  FUNKHOUSER,  A.B.,  L.L.D.;  Retired  President,  Funkhouser  Corpora- 
tion; Hagerstown,  MD. 

lOHN  R.  HARPER;  President,  Pardee  Company;  Philadelphia,  PA. 

PAUL  E.  HORN,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church; 
Harrisburg,  PA. 

HERMANN  W.  KAEBNICK,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.,  L.L.D.,  L.H.D.; 
Retired  Bishop,  Harrisburg  Area,  United  Methodist  Church;  Hershey,  PA. 

ALLAN  W.  MUND,  L.L.D.;  Retired  Chairman,  Board  of  Directors,  Ellicott 
Machine  Corporation;  Baltimore,  MD. 

HAROLD  S.  PEIFFER,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United 
Methodist  Church;  Lancaster,  PA. 

lESSIE  A.  PRATT,  B.S.;  Retired  Administrative  Assistant,  Legal  Division, 
City  of  Philadelphia;  Philadelphia,  PA. 

104 


EZRA  H.  RANCK,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist 

Church;  Mt.  loy,  PA. 
MELVIN  S.  RIFE;  Retired  Executive,  Schmidt  and  Ault  Paper  Company, 

Division  of  St.  Regis  Paper  Company;  York,  PA. 
RALPH  M.  RITTER;  President,  Ritter  Brothers,  Inc.;  Harrisburg,  PA. 

Honorary 

JEFFERSON  C.  BARNHART,  Esq.,  A.B.,  L.L.B.;  Attorney,  McNees,  Wallace 

and  Nurick;  Harrisburg,  PA. 
CECIL  B.  LUTZ;  Homemaker;  Denver,  PA. 

BERNARD  I.  PENTURELLl,  B.S.;  Corporate  Consultant;  Laureldale,  PA. 
HORACE  E.  SMITH,  Esq.,  A.B.,  L.L.B.;  Attorney,  Smith  and  McCleary; 

York,  PA. 
WOODROW  W.  WALTEMYER;  Business  Executive;  York,  PA. 

Trustees 

EDWARD  H.  ARNOLD,  B.A.;  President,  Arnold  Industries;  Lebanon,  PA 

(1987). 
GLENN  M.  BOOTAY,  Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Mechanicsburg,  PA 

(1986). 
WILLIAM  D.  BOSWELL,  Esq.,  Ph.B.,  L.L.B.;  Attorney,  Berman  and  Boswell; 

Harrisburg,  PA  (1986). 
MILDRED  A,  BOWEN;  Cafeteria  Manager,  Northeastern  School  District;  Mt. 

Wolf,  PA  (1987). 
G.  HAROLD  BUCHER,  B.S.;  President,  People's  National  Bank;  Lebanon, 

PA  (1986). 
DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR.,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Religion;  Chairman 

of  the  Department  of  Religion,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  Annville,  PA 


RAYMOND  H.  CARR;  President,  Pickering  Creek  Industrial  Park,  Inc.; 
Lionville,  PA  (1988). 

RUTH  A.  DAUGHERTY,  B.A.;  Church  Volunteer;  Chairman,  General  Com- 
mission on  Communications,  United  Methodist  Church;  West  Chester, 
PA  (1986). 

lAMES  1.  DAVISON;  Owner,  Davison  Motor  Car  Company;  Freehold,  Nl 
(1987). 

CURVIN  N.  DELLINGER,  B.S.;  President,  l.C.  Hauer's  Sons,  Inc.;  Lebanon, 
PA  (1988). 


105 


JOHN  R.  EBY,  B.S.;  Vice  President,  Controller  and  Secretary,  Common- 
wealth Communications  Services,  Inc.;  Mountville,  PA  (1986). 

ALBERT  L.  EVANS,  IR.,  B.S.;  President,  Evans  Delivery  Co.,  Inc.;  Schuylkill 
Haven,  PA  (1986). 

BARBARA  ANN  FEASTER,  Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Williamstown, 
PA  (1986). 

ARTHUR  L.  GOLDBERG,  Esq.,  A.B.,  L.L.B.;  Attorney,  Goldberg,  Evans  and 
Katzman;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1986). 

KATHRYN  M.  GROVE,  B.A.;  Lay  Church  Worker;  Greensboro,  NC  (1986). 

THOMAS  W.  GUINIVAN,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  Colonial  Park 
United  Methodist  Church,  Mechanicsburg,  PA  (1988). 

ELAINE  G.  HACKMAN,  B.A.;  Vice  President,  Tess  El  Corp.,  Ephrata,  PA 
(1988). 

PHILIP  C.  HERR,  II,  Esq.,  A.B.,  L.L.B.;  Attorney,  Herr,  Potts  and  Herr; 
Philadelphia,  PA  (1988). 

BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Leba- 
non Valley  College;  Annville,  PA  (1988). 

GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN,  A.B.,  B.D.;  Pastor,  Grace  United  Methodist 
Church;  Carlisle,  PA  (1988). 

W.  RICHARD  KOHLER,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Pastor,  First  and  Bethel  United 
Methodist  Churches;  Ouakertown,  PA  (1987). 

ELIZABETH  ANNE  KOST,  Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Camp  Hill,  PA 
(1986), 

ANDREW  W.  KREIDER,  B.S.;  President,  H.H.  Bealler  &  Co.,  Inc.;  Wyomis- 
sing,  PA  (1988). 

CONSTANCE  W.  LEITNER,  B.S.;  Musician,  Trinity  United  Methodist 
Church;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1986). 

JEAN  W.  LEVY,  B.A.;  Retired  Businesswoman;  Mt.  Gretna,  PA  (1986). 

LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  English,  Lebanon 
Valley  College;  Annville,  PA  (1986). 

LEROY  MARLOW,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.;  Assistant  Director  of  Continuing 
Education;  Director  of  the  Pennsylvania  Technical  Assistant  Program; 
Head  of  Management  Development  Services,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University;  State  College,  PA  (1987). 

JOAN  C.  McCULLOH,  A.B.,  M.A.T.;  Chairperson,  Department  of  English, 
Annville-Cleona  High  School;  Annville,  PA  (1986). 

JOHN  G.  McELLHENNEY,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Pastor,  Ardmore  United  Meth- 
odist Church;  Ardmore,  PA  (1987). 

RONALD  NAGY,  B.S.;  Vice  President,  New  Era  Ribbon  and  Carbon;  West 
Chester,  PA  (1987). 


06 


GRANT  T.  NICHOLLS,  B.A.,  B.S.;  President,  Personal  Financial  Advisors; 

Hackettstown,  NJ  (1987). 
PETER  G.  OLENCHUK,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.B.A.;  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Newport 

Institute,  Newport,  RI;  Retired  Major  General,  United  States  Army; 

McLean,  VA  (1986). 
KENNETH  H.  PLUMMER;  President,  E.D.  Plummer  Sons,  Inc.;  Chambers- 
burg,  PA  (1987). 
RHEA  P.  REESE;  Community  Volunteer;  Hershey,  PA  (1985). 
MILDRED  M.  REIGH,  B.A.,  M.Ed.;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Indiana 

University  of  Pennsylvania;  Indiana,  PA  (1987). 
THOMAS  C.  REINHART,  B.S.;  President  T.CR.  Packaging,  Inc.,  Albee- 

Campbell,  Inc.,  and  People  Seekers;  West  Lawn,  PA  (1987). 
F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  IR.,  B.S.;  Retired  Principal,  Arthur  Young  and 

Company;  Richmond,  VA  (1987). 
DANIEL  L.  SHEARER,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.;  Executive  Assistant  to  the 

Bishop,  Harrisburg  Area,  United  Methodist  Church;  Harrisburg,  PA 

(1986). 
F.  HERBERT  SKEETE,  A.B.,  M.Div.,  S.T.M.,  D.  Min.;  Bishop,  the  Philadel- 
phia Area,  United  Methodist  Church;  Valley  Forge,  PA  (1986). 
HARVEY  B.  SNYDER,  B.S.,  M.D.;  Retired,  Exxon  Corporation;  Lebanon, 

PA  (1987). 
MORTON  SPECTOR;  Vice  President  and  Treasurer,  D  &  H  Distributing  Co.; 

Harrisburg,  PA  (1986). 
ARTHUR  W.  STAMBACH,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Pastor,  First  United  Methodist 

Church,  Hershey,  PA  (1988). 
PAUL  E.  STAMBACH,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  Ph.D.;  Pastor,  Asbury  United 

Methodist  Church;  York,  PA  (1986). 
E.  PETER  STRICKLER,  B.S.;  President,  Strickler  Insurance  Agency,  Inc.; 

Lebanon,  PA  (1986). 
SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Associate  Professor  of  Biology, 

Lebanon  Valley  College;  Palmyra,  PA  (1987). 
lOHN  A.  WALTER,  B.S.,  I.D.;  ludge,  Lebanon  County  Court  of  Common 

Pleas;  Lebanon,  PA  (1986). 
lULIANNE  WEBBER,  B.A.;  Admissions  Assistant,  Franklin  and  Marshall 

College;  Lancaster,  PA  (1987). 
ELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER,  B.S.,  Ph.D.;  Chief  of  Carcinogen  Metabolism 

and  Toxicology  Branch,  National  Cancer  Institute;  Bethesda,  MD  (1988). 
HARLAN  R.  WENGERT,  B.S.,  M.B.A.;  President,  Wengerfs  Dairy;  Lebanon, 

PA  (1987). 
E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  IR.;  Private  Investor;  Lebanon,  PA  (1987). 


.07 


J.  DENNIS  WILLIAMS,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.  Min.;  Pastor,  United  Methodist 

Church  of  West  Chester;  West  Chester,  PA  (1988). 
SAMUEL  A.  WILLMAN,  B.S.,  M.  Com.;  Vice  President,  Marketing,  York 

Container  Company;  Red  Lion,  PA  (1987). 
PAUL  L.  WOLF,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.;  Chairman,  Department  of  Biology, 

Lebanon  Valley  College;  Hershey,  PA  (1986). 
THOMAS  W.  WOLF,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Wolf  Management  Service  Company; 

York,  PA  (1988). 
HARRY  B.  YOST,  Esq.,  L.L.B.,  L.L.M.;  Attorney,  Hassell,  Yost  and  Sorren- 

tino;  Lancaster,  PA  (1988). 
NANCY  C.  ZIMMERMAN;  Community  Volunteer;  Hershey,  PA  (1987). 


Administration 
President 

ARTHUR  L.  PETERSON,  1984-;  President.  A.B.,  Yale  University,  1947; 

M.S. P. A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Minnesota,  1962. 
MARY  N.  ESHLEMAN,  1979-;  Executive  Secretary  to  the  President. 

Presidential  Staff 

HOWARD  L.  APPLEGATE,  1983-;  Vice  President  for  Special  Programs  and 

Dean  of  Continuing  Education,  1984-.  B.A.,  Drew  University,  1957; 

M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1966. 
KAREN  McHENRY  GLUNTZ,  1984-;  Executive  Director  of  Development. 

B.A.,  Marymount  College,  1973;  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1982; 

M.A.  in  Administration,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1984. 
GEORGE  R.  MAROUETTE,  1952-;  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs, 

1 984-.  A.B.  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 

1951;  Ed.  D.,  Temple  University,  1967. 
lOHN  D.  NORTON  III,  1971  -;  Acting  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  1985;  Associate 

Professor  of  Political  Science.  B.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1965;  M.A., 

Florida  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1973. 
ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  1951  -;  Controller,  1962-;  Vice  President,  1967-.  B.S. 

in  Ed.,  Shippensburg  State  College,  1941;  M.S.,  Columbia  University, 

1947;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1962;  C.P.M.,  1976. 
lOHN  ABERNATHY  SMITH,  1980-;  College  Chaplain.  B.A.,  Vanderbilt 

108 


University,  1961;  M.Div.,  Drew  University,  1965;  M.A.,  lohns  Hopkins 
University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

GREGORY  G.  STANSON,  1966-;  Dean  of  Enrollment  Management  Ser- 
vices, 1980-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Toledo,  1966. 

ROBERT  L.  UNGER,  1982-;  Executive  Assistant  to  the  President,  1984-. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1982. 

Administrative  Staff 

Academic  Affairs 

lOHN  D.  NORTON,  111,  Acting  Dean  of  the  Faculty 

ELOISE  P.  BROWN,  1961  -;  Readers'  Services  Librarian.  B.S.L.S.  Simmons 

College,  1946. 
BRUCE  S.  CORRELL,  1972-;  Registrar,  1984-.  B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State 

University,  1971;  M.Ed.,  1972. 
ALICE  S.  DIEHL,  1966-;  Technical  Processes  Librarian.  A.B.,  Smith  College, 

1956;  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  M.L.S.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh,  1966. 
WILLIAM  E.  HOUGH,  111,  1970-;  Librarian;  Associate  Professor.  A.B., 

King's  College,  1955;  Th.M.,  Dallas  Theological  Seminary,  1959;  M.S.L.S., 

Columbia  University,  1965. 
lOHN  I.  UHL,  1980-;  Director  of  Media  Services.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1979. 
GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965-;  Director  of  Hospitality  Programs,  1985; 

Associate  Professor  of  English.  A. B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951; 

M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1962. 

Special  Programs  and  Continuing  Education 

HOWARD  L.  APPLEGATE,  Vice  President  for  Special  Programs  and  Dean  of 
Continuing  Education 

G.  KIP  BOLLINGER,  1982-;  Director,  Leadership  Development  Programs, 

1985-;  B.S.,  luniata  College,  1967;  M.S.,  Temple  University,  1971;  D.Ed., 

1979. 
PATRICK  BRENNAN,  1985-;  Instructor,  Leadership  Development  Institute, 

1985-;  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  Military  College,  1966;  M.S.,  Northeastern 

University,  1967. 
DALE  1.  ERSKINE,  1983-;  Director,  Youth  Scholars  Programs.  1983-.  B.A., 


109 


University  of  Maine  at  Portland,  1974;  M.A.,  SUNY  College  at  Buffalo, 
1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1981. 

HENRY  GLENN  HOSTETTER,  1984-;  Instructor,  Leadership  Development 
Institute,  1984-;  B.A.;  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1949;  M.A.,  The  Penn- 
sylvania State  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1963. 

WARREN  K.  A.  THOMPSON,  1967-;  Faculty  Advisor  to  Continuing  Educa- 
tion Students,  1984-.  A.B.,  Trinity  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of 
Texas,  1963. 

Admissions 

GREGORY  G.  STANSON,  Dean  of  Enrollment  Management  Services. 

WILLIAM  1.  BROWN,  IR.,  1980-;  Associate  Dean  of  Admissions,  1984. 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979. 
CATHERINE  H.  COBB,  1981  -;  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions,  1984-.  B.A., 

Dickinson  College,  1981. 
RONALD  K.  GOOD,  1983-;  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and  Financial 

Aid.  B.S.  in  Ed.,  Millersville  State  College,  1959;  M.Ed.,  Millersville  State 

College,  1966. 

Development  and  Communications 

KAREN  McHENRY  GLUNTZ,  1984-;  Executive  Director  of  Development 

KATHLEEN  L.  THACH,  1977-;  Assistant  Director  of  Development,  1985. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1985. 

MARY  B.  WILLIAMS,  1983-;  Director  of  Communications,  1984;  A.A.S., 
Stratford  College,  1945. 

Communications  Staff 

MARY  B.  WILLIAMS,  Director  of  Communications 

10  ANN  RATHGEB,  1985-;  Assistant  Director  of  Communications.  B.A.,  St. 

Francis  College,  1974;  M.A.,  lohn  Carroll  University,  1977. 
MARILYN  A.  WEISTER,  1985-;  Assistant  Director  of  Communications. 

A.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1977;  B.A.,  Penn  State,  1979. 

Alumni  Services 

ROBERT  L.  UNGER,  1982-;  Director  of  Alumni  Services  and  Concert  Choir 
Business  Manager.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1982. 

110 


Business  Affairs 

ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  Vice  President  and  Controller 

ROBERT  I.  DILLANE,  1985-;  Administrative  Assistant.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1977. 

RONALD  G.  EVANS,  1972-;  Director  of  General  Institutional  Services. 

DEBORAH  R.  FULLAM,  1982-;  Assistant  Director,  Computer  Center.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1 98 1 ;  Data  Processing,  Harrisburg  Area  Com- 
munity College,  1982. 

BETSY  L.  GOW,  1981  -;  Assistant  Director,  Food  Service. 

ROBERT  E.  HARNISH,  1967-;  Manager  of  the  College  Store.  B.A.,  Ran- 
dolph Macon  College,  1966. 

HAROLD  L.  FESSLER,  1984-;  Director  of  Maintenance. 

DAVID  I.  MICHAELS,  1981  -;  Director  of  Food  Service  and  Conferences. 
A.A.S.,  Morehead  State  University,  1975. 

DELLAM.  NEIDIG,  1962-;  Director  of  Housekeeping,  1972-. 

STEPHEN  SHOOP,  1977-;  Director  of  the  Computer  Center.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1974. 

WALTER  L.  SMITH,  1961  -  1969;  1971  -;  Director  of  Special  Services.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1961;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

DANE  A.  WOLFE,  1 977-;  Associate  Controller.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1974. 

KEVIN  R.  YEISER,  1 982-;  Director  of  Grounds. 

SAMUEL  1.  ZEARFOSS,  1952-;  Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds, 
1969-. 

Student  Affairs 

GEORGE  R.  MAROUETTE,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs/Dean  of  Students 
ROBERT  F.  EARLY,  1971  -;  College  Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1949;  M.D.,  lefferson  Medical  College,  1952. 
DAVID  C.  EVANS,  1 98 1  -;  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement. 

B.A.,  Slippery  Rock  State  College,  1969;  M.Ed.,  Rutgers  University,  1974. 
VERONICA  FABIAN,  I984-;  Staff  Nurse.  R.N.,  Spencer  Hospital,  Mead- 

ville,  1961. 
RUSSELL  L.  GINGRICH,  1971  -;  College  Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1947;  M.D.,  lefferson  Medical  College,  1951. 
ROBERT  M.  KLINE,  1970-;  College  Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1950;  M.D.,  lefferson  Medical  College,  1955;  B.A.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1971. 

Ill 


LOUISA.  SORRENTINO,  1971 -;  Director  of  Athletics,  1981 -;  B.A.,  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1961. 

CHERYL  REIHL  WEICHSEL,  1982-;  Director  of  Student  Activities.  B.S.H.E., 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro,  1977;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Connecticut-Storrs,  1980. 

lULlANA  Z.  WOLFE,  1975-1978;  1979-;  Head  Nurse.  R.N.,  St.  Joseph's 
Hospital,  Carbondale,  1963. 

ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973-;  Associate  Dean  of  Students,  1983-.  B.S., 
Lock  Haven  State  College,  1 966.  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1970. 

JEAN  W.  ZELEK,  1983-;  Staff  Nurse.  R.N.,  St.  Anthony's  Hospital,  Louis- 
ville, 1952. 

Athletic  Staff 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  Director  of  Athletics 

RANDY  BEHNEY,  1985-;  Soccer  Coach.  B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College, 

1978. 
LEWIS  COOKE,  IR.,  1985-;  Equipment  Manager. 
GORDON  S.  FOSTER,  1982-;  Men's  Basketball  Coach.  B.A.,  Elizabethtown 

College,  1951;  M.S.,  Bucknell  University,  1968. 
lODl  FOSTER,  1985-;  Women's  Basketball  and  Track  Coach.  B.S.  Milliken 

University,  1984;  M.S.,  Eastern  Illinois  University,  1985. 
TERRY  KLINE,  1984-;  Athletic  Trainer.  B.S.,  Millersville  State  College, 

1969;  M.S.,  Central  Missouri  State  University,  1976. 
ALLAN  LASKOWSKl,  IR.,  1982-;  Assistant  Men's  Basketball  Coach. 
THOMAS  NELSON,  1984-;  Lacrosse  Coach,  Assistant  Football  Coach; 

B.S.,  Towson  State  University,  1977. 
GERALD  I.  PETROFES,  1963-;  Golf  Coach;  Wrestling  Coach.  B.S.,  Kent 

State  University,  1958;  M.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1962. 
O.  KENT  REED,  1971  -;  Assistant  Football  Coach;  Track  Coach.  B.S., 

Otterbein  College,  1956;  M.A.  Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1970. 
lAMES  SMITH,  1982-;  Women's  Basketball  Coach.  B.A.,  Moravian  College, 

1954. 
LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  1971  -;  Football  Coach.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1954;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1961. 
ED  SPITTLE,  1985-;  Baseball  Coach. 
KATHLEEN  TIERNEY,  1983-;  Women's  Field  Hockey  Coach;  Women's 

Lacrosse  Coach.  B.S.,  University  of  New  York  at  Brockport. 
ROBERT  L.  UNGER,  1982-;  Cross  Country  Coach.  B.A.  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1969;  M.A.  University  of  Chicago,  1982. 

112 


Faculty 


Emeriti 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959-1976;  Chaplain  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1936;  M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1939;  S.T.M., 
Lutheran  Theological  Seminary,  Philadelphia,  1945;  S.T.D.,  Temple 
University,  1951 . 

RUTH  ENGLE  BENDER,  1918-1922;  1924-1970;  Professor  Emerita  of 
Music  Education.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1915;  Oberlin  Conserva- 
tory; graduate  New  England  Conservatory. 

D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933-1972;  Director  Emeritus  of  Admissions.  A.B., 
Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1926;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1932. 

CHARLES  T.  COOPER,  1965-1979;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Span- 
ish. B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  1942;  M.A.,  Middleburg  College,  1965. 

HILDA  M.  DAMUS,  1963-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  German.  M.A., 
University  Berlin  and  lena,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1945. 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Philosophy  and 
Dean  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940;  M.Div.,  United 
Theological  Seminary,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1954. 

ALEX  I.  FEHR,  1951  -  1982;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Political  Science.  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1957;  Ph.D., 
Syracuse  University,  1968. 

GLADYS  M.  PENCIL,  1921-1927;  1929-1965.  Registrar  Emerita.  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1921. 

DONALD  E.  FIELDS,  1928-1930;  1947-1970:  Librarian  Emeritus.  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1924;  M.S.,  Princeton  University,  1928;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago,  1935;  A.B.  in  Library  Science,  University  of 
Michigan,  1947. 

ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN,  1958-1983;  Professor  Emerita  of  History.  B.S.  in 
Ed.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

lUNE  EBY  HERR,  1959-1980;  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Elementary 
Education.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1954. 

THOMAS  A.  LANESE,  1954-1978;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 
Strings,  Conducting,  and  Theory.  B.Mus.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College, 
1938;  Fellowship,  luilliard  Graduate  School;  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School 
of  Music,  1952. 

JEAN  O.  LOVE,  1954-1985;  Professor  Emerita  of  Psychology.  A.B., 

113 


Erskine  College,  1941;  M.A.,  Winthrop  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  North  Carolina,  1953. 
ANNA  D.  FABER  MCVAY,  1954-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  A.B. 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950; 

Ph.D.  1954. 
HOWARD  A.  NEIDIG,  1948-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1946;  Ph.D., 

1948. 
SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  1960-1975;  Professor  Emerita  of  Languages. 

A.B.,  Chatham  College,  1928;  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1929; 

Ph.D.,  1938. 
lACOB  L.  RHODES,  1957-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 
RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951;  1953- 1984;  Professor  Emeritus  of  History 

and  Assistant  Dean  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1942;  A.M., 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1962. 
ROBERT  W.  SMITH,  1951-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1939;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950. 
GEORGE  G.  STRUBLE,  1931-1970;  Professor  Emeritus  of  English.  B.S.  in 

Ed.,  University  of  Kansas,  1922;  M.S.  in  Ed.  1925;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Wisconsin,  1931. 
JAMES  M.  THURMOND,  1954-1979;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music  Educa- 
tion and  Brass.  Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1931;  A.B.,  American 

University,  1951;  M.A.,  Catholic  University,  1952;  Mus.D.,  Washington 

College  of  Music,  1944. 
L.  ELBERT  WETHINGTON,  1963-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Religion. 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest,  1944;  B.D.,  Divinity  School  of  Duke  University,  1947; 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1949. 


Active 

MADELYN  ].  ALBRECHT,  1973-;  Associate  Professor  of  Education.  B.A., 
Northern  Baptist  College,  1952;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1958; 
Ph.D.,  1972. 

MIRZA  W.  ALl,  1984-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A., 
University  of  Rajshahi,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Rajshahi,  1968;  M.Sc, 
University  of  British  Columbia,  Canada,  1978;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Albany,  1984. 


114 


RICHARD  ARNOLD,  1984-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  B.S., 

Bucknell  University,  1963;  M.B.A.,  1980;  C.P.A.,  Pennsylvania,  1984. 
PHILIP  BEHRENDS,  1984-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.A., 

University  of  California,  1977;  Ph.D.,  McMaster  University,  1984. 
RICHARD  C.  BELL,  1966- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Chennistry.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1941 ;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1955. 
PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,  1970- ;  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Heidelberg  College, 

1965;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1974. 
G.  KIP  BOLLINGER,  1 982-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  B.S.,  luniata 

College,  1967;  M.S.,  Temple  University,  1971;  D.Ed.,  1979. 
lAMES  H.  BROUSSARD,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  History;  Chairman 

of  the  Department  of  History  and  Political  Science.  A.B.,  Harvard 

University,  1963;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
DONALD  EUGENE  BROWN,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Political 

Science.  B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University,  1969;  M.A.,  State  University  of 

New  York  at  Binghamton,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1982. 
DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR.,  1971  -;  Professor  of  Religion;  Chairman  of  the 

Department  of  Religion.  B.A.,  St.  Paul  Seminary,  1963;  M.A.,  Marquette 

University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1972. 
VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL,  1968- ;  Professor  of  Religion  and  Greek.  B.A., 

Oklahoma  City  University,  1952;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University, 

1956;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1967. 
ROGER  D.  CARLSON,  1972-;  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  A.B., 

California  State  University  at  Sacramento,  1968;  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Oregon,  1972. 
ROBERT  A.  CLAY,  1978-;  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology;  Chairman  of 

the  Department  of  Sociology  and  Social  Service.  A.B.,  St.  Mary's 

Seminary  and  University,  1962;  S.T.B.,  Pontifical  Gregorian  University, 

1964;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1982. 
RICHARD  D.  CORNELIUS,  1 985  - ;  Professor  of  Chemistry;  Chairman  of  the 

Department  of  Chemistry.  B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Iowa,  1974. 
GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN,  1961 -;  Professor  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1953;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957;  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  1971 . 
DONALD  B.  DAHLBERG,  1980-;  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.S.. 

University  of  Washington,  1967;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1969;  Ph.D., 

1971. 
SCOTT  H.  EGGERT,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.F.A.,  University 


115 


of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee),  1971;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1974; 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1982. 
VIRGINIA  E.  ENGLEBRIGHT,  1971  -;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.E., 

Florida  State  University,  1969;  M.M.,  1970.      . 
DALE  I.  ERSKINE,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  University 

of  Maine  at  Portland,  1974;  M.A.,  SUNY  College  at  Buffalo,  1976;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Oklahoma,  1981. 
WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  Mus.B.,  cum 

laude,  Philadelphia  Conservatory,  1949. 
SHERMAN  T.  FOLLAND,  1985-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics;  B.A., 

Concordia  College,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1974. 
ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965-;  Professor  of  English;  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  English.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Bowling 

Green  State  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
MICHAEL  D.  FRY,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences. 

B.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1980. 
PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1959-;  Professor  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 

1951;  M.S.M.,  Union  Theological  Seminary  School  of  Sacred  Music, 

1953;  A.M.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1967. 
MICHAEL  A.  GRELLA,  1980-;  Associate  Professor  of  Education;  Chairman 

of  the  Department  of  Education.  B.A.,  St.  Mary's  College,  1958;  M.A., 

West  Virginia  University,  1970;  Ed. D.,  1974. 
KLEMENT  M.  HAMBOURG,  1982-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  A.T.C.M., 

Royal  Conservatory  of  Music,  1946;  L.R.A.M.,  Royal  Academy  of  Music, 

1962;  A.R.C.M.,  Royal  College  of  Music,  1962;  L.T.C.L.,  Trinity  College  of 

Music  (London),  1965;  Fellow,  1966;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Oregon, 

1977. 
CAROLYN  R.  HANES,  1977-;  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology.  B.A., 

Central  Michigan  University,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire, 

1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  1971  -;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A., 

Western  Washington  State  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Washington  State 

University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
ALAN  G.  HEFFNER,  1 980 -;  Associate  Professor  of  Management,  Chairman 

of  the  Department  of  Management.  B.A.,  Sonoma  State  College,  1970; 

M.A.,  California  State  University  at  Chico,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University, 

1976;  M.B.A.,  York  College  of  Pennsylvania,  1983. 
JOHN  H.  HEFFNER,  1972-;  Professor  of  Philosophy.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1968;  A.M.,  Boston  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
BARRY  L.  HURST,  1982-;  Assistant  Professor  Physics.  Chairman  of  the 


116 


•i 


Department,  B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware, 

1982. 
DIANE  M.  IGLESIAS,  1976-;  Associate  Professor  of  Spanish;  Chairman  of 

the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  B.A.,  Queens  College,  1 97 1 ; 

M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1979. 
RICHARD  A.  iSKOWITZ,  1969-;  Associate  Professor  of  Art;  Chairman  of 

the  Department  of  Art.  B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1965;  M.F.A.,  1967. 
L.  EUGENE  lACQUES,  1975-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  B.A., 

University  of  Pittsburgh,  1937;  M.Ed.,  1941;  D.Ed.,  1952. 
RICHARD  A.  lOYCE,  1966-;  Assistant  Professor  of  History.  A.B.,  Yale 

University,  1952;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  College,  1963. 
lOHN  P.  KEARNEY,  1971  -;  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  St.  Benedict's 

College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Wisconsin,  1968. 
DAVID  I.  LASKY,  1974-;  Professor  of  Psychology;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Psychology.  A.B.,  Temple  University,  1956;  M.A.,  1958; 

Ph.D.,  1961. 
ROBERT  C.  LAU,  1968-;  Professor  of  Music;  Chairman  of  the  Department 

of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Eastman  School  of 

Music,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University,  1979. 
LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ,  1971 -;  Professor  of  English.  A.B.,  Duquesne 

University,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 
JOERG  W.  P.  MAYER,  1970-;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Dipl. 

Math.,  University  of  Giessen,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1954. 
OWEN  A.  MOE,  IR.,  1973-;  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.A.,  St. 

Olaf's  College,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1971. 
PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,  1969- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.E.,  Kansas 

State  College,  1962;  M.S.,  1965. 
JOHN  D.  NORTON,  1971  -;  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science.  B.A., 

University  of  Illinois,  1965;  M.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D., 

American  University,  1973. 
AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL,  1961 -;  Professor  of  English.  A.B..  Immaculata 

College,  1948;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
J.  ROBERT  O'DONNELL,  1959-;  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  B.S.,  The 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1953. 
DWIGHT  PAGE,  1 982  - ;  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and  German.  B.A., 

Davidson  College,  1975;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1981. 
GERALD  1.  PETROFES,  1963-;  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1958;  M.Ed.,  1962. 


117 


SIDNEY  POLLACK,  1976-;  Associate  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  New  York 

University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1970. 
O.  KENT  REED,  1971  -;  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education;  Chair- 

nnan  of  the  Department  of  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  in  Ed.,  Otterbein 

College,  1956;  M.A.,  in  Ed.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1970. 
KEVIN  C.  REIDY,  1981  -;  Instructor  in  Managennent.  B.A.,  Gettysburg 

College,  1975;  I.D.,  SUNY  at  Buffalo,  1978. 
C.  ROBERT  ROSE,  1981 -;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.Ed.,  Southern 

Illinois  University,  1964;  M.M.,  1966;  D.M.,  Indiana  University,  1978. 
GAIL  SANDERSON,  1 983-;  Instructor  in  Accounting.  B.A.,  Hobart  and 

William  Smith  Colleges,  1970;  M.B.A.,  Boston  University,  1977. 
T.  CLARK  SAUNDERS,  1985-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music;  B.F.A.,  State 

University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1977. 
lAMES  W.  SCOTT,  1976-;  Professor  of  German.  B.A.,  luniata  College, 

1965;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1971. 
DAVID  S.  SEITZ,  1981  -;  Instructor  in  Management,  B.S.,  University  of 

Delaware,  1957;  B.S.,  York  College  of  Pennsylvania,  1977;  M.B.A.,  1980. 
lULlE  SURIS,  1983-;  Instructor  in  Spanish  and  French.  B.A.,  University  of 

Minnesota,  1969;  M. A.,  1971. 
DENNIS  W.  SWEIGART,  1 972-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965; 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1977. 
WARREN  K.  A.  THOMPSON,  1967-;  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy; 

Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Trinity  University, 

1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1963. 
C.  F.  lOSEPHTOM,  1 954-;  Professor  of  Economics.  B.A.,  Hastings  College, 

1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1963. 
HORACE  W.  TOUSLEY,  1981  -;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical 

Sciences;  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  A.B., 

Ripon  College,  1951 ;  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1970. 
MARK  A.  TOWNSEND,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics.  B.S., 

Bethany  Nazarene  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Oklahoma  University,  1969; 

Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1983. 
PERRY  I.  TROUTMAN,  I960-;  Professor  of  Religion.  B.A.,  Houghton 

College,  1949;  M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Boston 

University,  1964. 
SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK,  1974-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan 

University,  1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1975. 
STEPHEN  E.  WILLIAMS,  1973-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Central 


118 


College,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Washington 

University,  1971 . 
PAUL  L.  WOLF,  1966-;  Professor  of  Biology;  Chairman  of  the  Department 

of  Biology.  B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  I960;  M.S.,  University  of 

Delaware,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,  1968-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College, 

1963;  M.A.,  Drake  University,  1965;  University  of  Vermont,  1968. 
GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965-;  Associate  Professor  of  English.  A.B.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1962. 

Adjunct 

DAVID  V.  BILGER,  1974-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Ithaca 
College,  1967. 

TERESA  M.  BOWERS,  1978-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Susque- 
hanna University,  1973;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1974. 

WILLIAM  W,  CAVE,  1985-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Social  Services;  B.A., 
Elizabethtown  College,  1965;  M.  Div.,  Bethany  Theological  Seminary, 
1969. 

ERWIN  P.  CHANDLER,  1978-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.S., 
Ithaca  College,  1966;  M.M.,  Indiana  University,  1971. 

JAMES  P.  DUX,  1983-;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Queens 
College,  1942;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Insti- 
tute of  New  York,  1955. 
■    lAMES  R.  KLOCK,  1981  -;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  West  Virginia 
University,  1979. 

NEVELYN  I.  KNISLEY,  1954-1958;  1963;  1970- ;  Adjunct  Associate 
Professor  of  Music.  Mus.B.,  Oberlin  Conservatory  of  Music,  1951;  M.F.A., 
Ohio  University,  1953. 

lACK  KRONE,  1982-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  West  Chester  State 
College,  1959;  M.M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1963. 

PHILIP  MALPAS,  1 983  - ;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.Mus., 
University  of  Michigan,  1941 ;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1947. 

ROBERT  T.  MEASHEY,  1980-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.A.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1977. 

WILMER  G.  NOLT,  1 983-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Millers- 
ville  State  College,  1965;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Michigan,  1947. 

JOSEPH  PETERS,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology;  B.S., 
luniata  College,  1968;  M.S.  and  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity, 1973. 


SUZANNE  CALDWELL  RIEHL,  1982-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.A., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979;  M.M.,  Westnninster  Choir  College,  1982. 
ROBERT  D.  SHERFY,  1985-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Social  Service,  B.A., 

Bridgewater  College,  1962;  M.  Div.,  Bethany  Theological  Seminary, 

1966;  M.S.W.,  University  of  Maryland,  1981. 
DAVID  STAFFORD,  1981 -;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Combs 

College  of  Music,  1967. 
THOMAS  M.  STROHMAN,  1977-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1975. 
R.  GORDON  WISE,  1973-;  Adjunct  Professor  Art.  B.S.,  University  of 

Missouri,  I960;  M.A.,  Roosevelt  University,  1964;  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Missouri,  1970. 


Adjunct  in  Hospitality  Management 

H.  ROBERT  BECKER,  1985-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Hospitality 
Programs;  B.S.,  Mansfield  State  College,  1965;  M.S.,  Villanova  University, 
1968;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1 97 1. 

KENNETH  E.  GEESAMAN,  1 985-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Hotel  Administra- 
tion. 

NEIL  P.  KOOPMAN,  1985-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Hotel  Adminis- 
tration; B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953. 

DONALD  C.  PAPSON,  1 985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel 
Administration;  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1974;  M.A.,  Cornell  University, 
1976. 

KAREN  WALL,  1 985-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Hospitality  Manage- 
ment; B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1976. 

THOMAS  P.  WRIGHT,  1 985-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Travel 
Administration. 


Adjunct  Medical  Technology 

Abington  Memorial  Hospital:  Director  John  W.  Eiman,  M.D.;  Educational 

Coordinator,  Barbara  1.  Scheelje,  M.T.  (ASCP) 
Sacred  Heart  Hospital:  Director,  Francis  V.  Kostelnik,  M.D.;  Educational 

Coordinator,  Sandra  A.  Neiman,  M.T.  (ASCP) 
Harrisburg  Hospital:  Medical  Director  of  Laboratories,  Him  W.  Kwee,  M.D. 

Program  Director,  lanice  M.  Fogelman,  M.Ed.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 


120 


Polyclinic  Medical  Center  of  Harrisburg:  Director,  Julian  Potok,  D.O.; 
Educational  Coordinator,  Margaret  A.  Black,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Lancaster  General  Hospital:  Director,  Ward  M.  O'Donnell,  M.D.;  Educa- 
tional Coordinator,  Margaret  A.  Black,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center:  Director,  I.  Donald  Stuard,  M.D.; 
Educational  Coordinator,  Christiania  Dobler,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Jersey  Shore  Medical  Center  —  Pitkin  Hospital:  Director,  Martin  Krunnmer- 
man,  M.D.;  Educational  Coordinator,  Florence  M.  Cook,  M.T.  (ASCPl 


Faculty  and  Administrative  Staff  Support 

HELEN  S.  BECHTEL,  Library 

MARILYN  E.  BOESHORE,  Alumni  Office 

JOANNE  M.  CURRAN,  Conference  Office 

ARLENE  J.  DAVIS,  Admissions  Office 

DORJS  L.  GERLACH,  Library 

JOYCE  A.  GUERRISl,  Registrar's  Office 

MARILYN  B.  HIBSHMAN,  Food  Service 

CHRISTINE  M.  HOPPLE,  Library 

DOROTHY  I.  KLINE,  Registrar's  Office 

KATHLEEN  M.  KLINE,  Business  Office 

BARBARA  A.  LITTLE,  Music  Department 

ANNE  M.  LYNCH,  Biology,  Psychology,  Sociology  Departments 

MARK  M.  MANNO,  Business  Office 

KAREN  R.  McLUCAS,  Admissions  Office 

ELIZABETH  C.  MICHIELSEN,  English,  Foreign  Languages  Departments 

MARY  R.  MILLS,  Mail  Services 

H.  GRACE  MORRISSEY,  Chaplain's  Office;  Religion,  Philosophy  Departments 

CHARLOTTE  I.  RITTLE,  Management  Department 

SALLY  A.  RIVERA,  General  Services 

MARIAN  C.  ROGERS,  Continuing  Education  Office 

ANITA  Y.  SAUERWEIN,  Financial  Aid  Office 

CAROL  L.  SCHAAK,  Vice  President  of  Student  Affairs/Dean  of  Students 

Office 
PATRICIA  A.  SCHOOLS,  Career  Planning  &  Placement  Office 
JACOUELINE  F.  SHOWERS,  Console  Attendant 
BARBARA  A.  SMITH,  Vice  President/Dean  of  Faculty  Office 


121 


TAMMY  L.  STEELE,  Vice  President  of  Special  Programs  Office 

LINDA  L.  SUMMERS,  College  Store 

BERNICE  K.  TEAHL,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Art  Departments 

BONNIE  C.  TENNEY,  Buildings  &  Grounds  Office 

MARGARET  A.  UMBERGER,  Development  Office 

JUNE  S.  ZEITERS,  Student  Activities  Office 


22 


INDEX 

Academic 

advising 15 

calendar 4,5,6 

dishonesty  22 

dismissal 23 

honors 21 

probation 22 

procedures 13,14 

programs 26 

regulations 13 

Accounting 

certificate  program 11 

course  descriptions 62,63 

Accreditation 9,30 

Actuarial  science,  course  descriptions  ....  72 

Adjunct  faculty  directory 119 

Admissions 

application  procedure 9 

early  decision  policy 10 

high  school  preparation  for 9 

Office 10 

Administration  directory 108 

Advanced  placement 19 

Advisors 15 

Affiliation,  church 9 

Allied  health  sciences 32 

American  College  Tests 10 

American  University.  The  (Washington, 

DC.) 25 

Application 

fee 9 

form 9 

Art 

course  descriptions 30 

department  of 30 

Athletic  directory 112 

Audit  (AU,  grade  of) 17 

Auditing  courses 

registration  procedure 17 

Baccalaureate  degrees  conferred 13 

Banking 

certificate  program 11 

Biochemistry 

course  descriptions 31 

department  of 31 

Biology 

course  descriptions 34-36 

department  of 31,32 

Board  of  Trustees 8,9 

Board  of  Trustees  directory 104 

Business  computing 


certificate  program II 

Business  Office 12 

Calendar,  academic 

1985-1986 4 

1986-1987 5 

1987-1988 6 

Certificate  programs 11 

Challenge  examinations 18 

Chemistry 

course  descriptions 37,38 

department  of 36,37 

Christian  education 97-  100 

Class 

attendance 18 

standing 16 

College  Level  Examination  Programs 

(CLEP) 19 

Computer  science,  course 

descriptions 72-74 

Continuing  Education 10,1 1 

Courses 

auditing 17 

concurrent 18 

repetition  of 17 

description  of 30-  103 

Credit 

challenge  exams 18 

for  life  experience 20 

hours 14 

transfer 16 

Criminal  justice 100 

Cytotechnology 32 

Dean  of  the  Faculty 22,23.25 

Dean's  List 21 

Degrees 
conferred  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  ...   1  3 

Dental  hygiene 32 

Diagnostic  medical  sonography 32 

Directory 

administration 1 08-  1 1 2 

athletic  staff 112 

Board  of  Trustees 1 04  -  1 08 

faculty 113-119 

adjunct  faculty 1 19-  121 

staff  support 121 

Discontinuance  of  courses 16 

Dishonesty,  academic 22 

Dismissal  from  College 23 

Duke  University 32 

Early  Decision 
admissions  policy 10 


123 


Economics,  course  descriptions 67,68 

Education 
Christian,  course  descriptions  ....  98-  100 

department  of 39-42 

elementary,  course  descriptions.  .  39,40,41 

music,  course  descriptions 77-81 

physical,  course  descriptions 88,89 

secondary,  course  descriptions 39,42 

Elementary  education 39-41 

Engineering,  cooperative  program 90 

English 

course  descriptions 44,45 

department  of ■.  .  .  .  43,44 

Environmental  studies,  forestry  and 32 

Evening  School 10,11 

Extension  classes.  University  Center  at 

Harrisburg 10 

Faculty  directory 113-119 

adjunct 119-121 

Family  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974.  ...   14 

Fees 9,10 

Finances,  student 12 

Financial  Aid  Office 12 

Food  service  administration 

course  descriptions 57-58 

Foreign  Languages 

department  of 46-  5 1 

French 46 

German 48 

Greek 49 

Latin 50 

Spanish 50 

Foreign  studies 25 

Forestry  and  environmental  studies 32 

French,  course  descriptions 46 

General  education 

course  descriptions 27 

program 26 

requirements 26-27 

General  studies,  department  of 51,52 

Geography,  course  descriptions 43 

German,  course  descriptions 48,49 

Germantown  Metropolitan  Semester 25 

Gerontology 1 00 

Governance 9 

Grade  point  average 20,21 

Grading 

policy 15 

systems 20 

Graduation 

honors 21,22 

requirements  for 14 

Greek,  course  descriptions 49,50 


Hahnemann  University 33 

Health  care  professionals,  major  in 

administration  52 

Health  professions 52 

History  and  political  science 

course  descriptions 54-57 

department  of 53-54 

Honors 

courses 28 

departmental 29 

graduation  requirements 29 

independent  study 29 

program 27-29 

seminars 28 

Hospitality  programs 57-60 

Food  service  administration 57 

Hotel  administration 58 

Travel  administration 60 

Hotel  administration,  course 

descriptions 57-58 

Human  Resources 
certificate  program 11 

International  business 61 

International  Student  Exchange  Program 

(ISEP) 20,25 

Introduction 7 

Latin,  course  descriptions 50 

Management 

certificate  program 11 

course  descriprions 62-68 

department  of 61 ,62 

Marketing 
certificate  program 11 

Mathematical  sciences 

course  descriptions 70-74 

department  of 68-70 

Mathematics,  course  descriptions  ....  70-72 

Medical  technology 33 

Metropolitan  Collegiate  Center  of 

Germantown 25 

Military  Science 74-76 

course  descriptions 75,76 

Morphology 32 

Music 

appreciation 84 

conducting 85 

course  descriprions 78-86 

department  of 76-86 

educarion 77 

history 84 

individual  instruction 85 

instrumental 82 

organizations 82-84 


24 


Music  [continued] 

performance 77 

recitals,  student 86 

sacred 77 

sound  recording  technology 78 

National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical 

Laboratory  Sciences 33 

National  Association  of  Schools 

of  Music 77 

Non-matriculated  students 24 

Nuclear  medicine  technology 33,34 

Nursing 32 

Occupational  therapy 32 

Off-campus  programs 

Germantown 25 

Study  abroad 25 

Washington  semester 25 

Pass/fail 17 

Philosophy 

course  descriptions 87,88 

department  of 87 

Physical  education 

course  descriptions.  . 88,89 

department  of 88 

Physical  therapy 32 

Physics 

course  descriptions 91,92 

department  of 89 

Physiology 32 

Political  science 53-57 

Probation,  academic 22 

Programs 

academic 26 

Allied  Health  Sciences 32 

certificate 11 

cooperative 32 

engineering 90 

general  education 27 

honors 27-29 

off-campus 25 

pre-professional 52,53 

Psychobiology 

course  descriptions 93 

department  of 92 

Psychology 

course  descriptions 94-97 

department  of 93 

Public  relations 

certificate  program 11 

Radiologic  technology 32 

Reading  and  study  skills 43 

Readmission  to  College 23 

Recitals,  student 73 


Refund  policy 12 

Registrar 11,15,16,18,21,23,24 

Registration 

of  courses 16 

change  of 17 

Religion 

course  descriptions 98-  1 00 

department  of 97 

Repetition  of  courses 17 

Rules  and  regulations 13 

Schedules 15 

Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 9,10 

Secondary  education 39,42 

Serviceman's  Opportunity  Colleges 

(SOC) 24 

Social  Service 

course  descriptions 102 

department  of 100 

Sociology 

course  descriptions 100-  102 

department  of 1 00 

Sound  recording  technology 78,86 

Spanish,  course  descriptions 50,5 1 

Special  programs 10,11 

Statement  of  Purpose 8 

Student  records,  privacy  of 14 

Student  recitals 73 

Student  services 12 

Study  abroad 25 

Study  skills,  reading  and 43 

Summer  sessions 11 

Suspension 23 

Teacher  certification 

for  non-matriculated  students 24 

Thanatology 100 

Thomas  lefferson  University 32,33 

Transcripts 23 

Transfer 

credit 16 

procedures 16 

Travel  administration 

course  descriptions 60-61 

United  Methodist  Church 8.9 

University  Center  at  Harris- 
burg 10,1  1,12.15,17 

Veterans'  services 24 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 12,23 

Washington  semester 25 

Weekend  College 11 

Withdrawal 

from  the  College 23 

from  course 17 

of  course  by  College 16 


125 


> 


Lebanon 

Valley 

College 


1.  Administration  Building  (Controller,  Financial  Aid,  History  &  Political  Science, 
Management,  Mathematical  Sciences,  Registrar) 

2.  Allan  W.  Mund  College  Center 

3.  Arnold  Field 

4.  Art  Studio 

5.  Blair  Music  Center  (Education,  Music) 

6.  Bollinger  Plaza  (South  Entrance) 

7.  Carnegie  Building  (Admissions) 

8.  Centre  Hall 

9.  English  House  (112  College  Avenue) 

10.  Fencil  Building  (Conference  Center) 

1 1 .  Foreign  Language  House  ( 1 04  College  Avenue) 

12.  Funkhouser  Hall 

1 3.  Garber  Science  Center  (Biology,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Psychology,  Sociology) 

14.  Gossard  Memorial  Library  (Computer  Center) 

15.  Hammond  Hall 

16.  Health  Center 

17.  Heating  Plant 

18.  KeisterHall 

19.  Laughlin  Hall 

20.  Lynch  Memorial  Gymnasium 

21.  Maintenance  Annex 

22.  Maintenance  Center  and  Special  Services  (Security)  Office 

23.  Mary  Capp  Green  Hall 

24.  Miller  Chapel  (Chaplain,  Philosophy,  Religion) 

25.  North  College 

26.  Silver  Hall 

27.  United  Methodist  Church 

28.  Vickroy  Hall 

29.  Wagner  House  ( 1  24  College  Avenue) 


"^m 


A'.   * 


^y 


,4  •^ 


LEBANON  mm 

'  COLLEGE  • 


^^mmdedme 


',^ 


1 


JrP\ 


f -fr'-*  *  <-  «7*^  "-XF* 


4 

..^^5^ 

V*fl^  •  -  =  >,.. 

;" 

^/-,, 

'i"-'#>f/i 

^''^^^•'iV 

:iff? 

;^— 


>^K 


V 


V 


Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 
(717)867-6100